terraform/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/glue/api.go

19799 lines
610 KiB
Go

// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT.
package glue
import (
"fmt"
"time"
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil"
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
)
const opBatchCreatePartition = "BatchCreatePartition"
// BatchCreatePartitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the BatchCreatePartition operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See BatchCreatePartition for more information on using the BatchCreatePartition
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the BatchCreatePartitionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.BatchCreatePartitionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchCreatePartition
func (c *Glue) BatchCreatePartitionRequest(input *BatchCreatePartitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchCreatePartitionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opBatchCreatePartition,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &BatchCreatePartitionInput{}
}
output = &BatchCreatePartitionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// BatchCreatePartition API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Creates one or more partitions in a batch operation.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation BatchCreatePartition for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeAlreadyExistsException "AlreadyExistsException"
// A resource to be created or added already exists.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNumberLimitExceededException "ResourceNumberLimitExceededException"
// A resource numerical limit was exceeded.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchCreatePartition
func (c *Glue) BatchCreatePartition(input *BatchCreatePartitionInput) (*BatchCreatePartitionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.BatchCreatePartitionRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// BatchCreatePartitionWithContext is the same as BatchCreatePartition with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See BatchCreatePartition for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) BatchCreatePartitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchCreatePartitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchCreatePartitionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.BatchCreatePartitionRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opBatchDeleteConnection = "BatchDeleteConnection"
// BatchDeleteConnectionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the BatchDeleteConnection operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See BatchDeleteConnection for more information on using the BatchDeleteConnection
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the BatchDeleteConnectionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.BatchDeleteConnectionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchDeleteConnection
func (c *Glue) BatchDeleteConnectionRequest(input *BatchDeleteConnectionInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchDeleteConnectionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opBatchDeleteConnection,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &BatchDeleteConnectionInput{}
}
output = &BatchDeleteConnectionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// BatchDeleteConnection API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Deletes a list of connection definitions from the Data Catalog.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation BatchDeleteConnection for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchDeleteConnection
func (c *Glue) BatchDeleteConnection(input *BatchDeleteConnectionInput) (*BatchDeleteConnectionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.BatchDeleteConnectionRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// BatchDeleteConnectionWithContext is the same as BatchDeleteConnection with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See BatchDeleteConnection for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) BatchDeleteConnectionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchDeleteConnectionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchDeleteConnectionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.BatchDeleteConnectionRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opBatchDeletePartition = "BatchDeletePartition"
// BatchDeletePartitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the BatchDeletePartition operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See BatchDeletePartition for more information on using the BatchDeletePartition
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the BatchDeletePartitionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.BatchDeletePartitionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchDeletePartition
func (c *Glue) BatchDeletePartitionRequest(input *BatchDeletePartitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchDeletePartitionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opBatchDeletePartition,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &BatchDeletePartitionInput{}
}
output = &BatchDeletePartitionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// BatchDeletePartition API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Deletes one or more partitions in a batch operation.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation BatchDeletePartition for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchDeletePartition
func (c *Glue) BatchDeletePartition(input *BatchDeletePartitionInput) (*BatchDeletePartitionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.BatchDeletePartitionRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// BatchDeletePartitionWithContext is the same as BatchDeletePartition with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See BatchDeletePartition for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) BatchDeletePartitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchDeletePartitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchDeletePartitionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.BatchDeletePartitionRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opBatchDeleteTable = "BatchDeleteTable"
// BatchDeleteTableRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the BatchDeleteTable operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See BatchDeleteTable for more information on using the BatchDeleteTable
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the BatchDeleteTableRequest method.
// req, resp := client.BatchDeleteTableRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchDeleteTable
func (c *Glue) BatchDeleteTableRequest(input *BatchDeleteTableInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchDeleteTableOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opBatchDeleteTable,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &BatchDeleteTableInput{}
}
output = &BatchDeleteTableOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// BatchDeleteTable API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Deletes multiple tables at once.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation BatchDeleteTable for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchDeleteTable
func (c *Glue) BatchDeleteTable(input *BatchDeleteTableInput) (*BatchDeleteTableOutput, error) {
req, out := c.BatchDeleteTableRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// BatchDeleteTableWithContext is the same as BatchDeleteTable with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See BatchDeleteTable for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) BatchDeleteTableWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchDeleteTableInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchDeleteTableOutput, error) {
req, out := c.BatchDeleteTableRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opBatchDeleteTableVersion = "BatchDeleteTableVersion"
// BatchDeleteTableVersionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the BatchDeleteTableVersion operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See BatchDeleteTableVersion for more information on using the BatchDeleteTableVersion
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the BatchDeleteTableVersionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.BatchDeleteTableVersionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchDeleteTableVersion
func (c *Glue) BatchDeleteTableVersionRequest(input *BatchDeleteTableVersionInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchDeleteTableVersionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opBatchDeleteTableVersion,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &BatchDeleteTableVersionInput{}
}
output = &BatchDeleteTableVersionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// BatchDeleteTableVersion API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Deletes a specified batch of versions of a table.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation BatchDeleteTableVersion for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchDeleteTableVersion
func (c *Glue) BatchDeleteTableVersion(input *BatchDeleteTableVersionInput) (*BatchDeleteTableVersionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.BatchDeleteTableVersionRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// BatchDeleteTableVersionWithContext is the same as BatchDeleteTableVersion with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See BatchDeleteTableVersion for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) BatchDeleteTableVersionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchDeleteTableVersionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchDeleteTableVersionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.BatchDeleteTableVersionRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opBatchGetPartition = "BatchGetPartition"
// BatchGetPartitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the BatchGetPartition operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See BatchGetPartition for more information on using the BatchGetPartition
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the BatchGetPartitionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.BatchGetPartitionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchGetPartition
func (c *Glue) BatchGetPartitionRequest(input *BatchGetPartitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchGetPartitionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opBatchGetPartition,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &BatchGetPartitionInput{}
}
output = &BatchGetPartitionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// BatchGetPartition API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves partitions in a batch request.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation BatchGetPartition for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchGetPartition
func (c *Glue) BatchGetPartition(input *BatchGetPartitionInput) (*BatchGetPartitionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.BatchGetPartitionRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// BatchGetPartitionWithContext is the same as BatchGetPartition with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See BatchGetPartition for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) BatchGetPartitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchGetPartitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchGetPartitionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.BatchGetPartitionRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opBatchStopJobRun = "BatchStopJobRun"
// BatchStopJobRunRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the BatchStopJobRun operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See BatchStopJobRun for more information on using the BatchStopJobRun
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the BatchStopJobRunRequest method.
// req, resp := client.BatchStopJobRunRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchStopJobRun
func (c *Glue) BatchStopJobRunRequest(input *BatchStopJobRunInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchStopJobRunOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opBatchStopJobRun,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &BatchStopJobRunInput{}
}
output = &BatchStopJobRunOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// BatchStopJobRun API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Stops one or more job runs for a specified job definition.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation BatchStopJobRun for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchStopJobRun
func (c *Glue) BatchStopJobRun(input *BatchStopJobRunInput) (*BatchStopJobRunOutput, error) {
req, out := c.BatchStopJobRunRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// BatchStopJobRunWithContext is the same as BatchStopJobRun with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See BatchStopJobRun for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) BatchStopJobRunWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchStopJobRunInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchStopJobRunOutput, error) {
req, out := c.BatchStopJobRunRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCreateClassifier = "CreateClassifier"
// CreateClassifierRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateClassifier operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateClassifier for more information on using the CreateClassifier
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateClassifierRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateClassifierRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateClassifier
func (c *Glue) CreateClassifierRequest(input *CreateClassifierInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateClassifierOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCreateClassifier,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CreateClassifierInput{}
}
output = &CreateClassifierOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CreateClassifier API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Creates a classifier in the user's account. This may be a GrokClassifier,
// an XMLClassifier, or abbrev JsonClassifier, depending on which field of the
// request is present.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation CreateClassifier for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeAlreadyExistsException "AlreadyExistsException"
// A resource to be created or added already exists.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateClassifier
func (c *Glue) CreateClassifier(input *CreateClassifierInput) (*CreateClassifierOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateClassifierRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CreateClassifierWithContext is the same as CreateClassifier with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateClassifier for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) CreateClassifierWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateClassifierInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateClassifierOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateClassifierRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCreateConnection = "CreateConnection"
// CreateConnectionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateConnection operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateConnection for more information on using the CreateConnection
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateConnectionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateConnectionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateConnection
func (c *Glue) CreateConnectionRequest(input *CreateConnectionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateConnectionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCreateConnection,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CreateConnectionInput{}
}
output = &CreateConnectionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CreateConnection API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Creates a connection definition in the Data Catalog.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation CreateConnection for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeAlreadyExistsException "AlreadyExistsException"
// A resource to be created or added already exists.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNumberLimitExceededException "ResourceNumberLimitExceededException"
// A resource numerical limit was exceeded.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateConnection
func (c *Glue) CreateConnection(input *CreateConnectionInput) (*CreateConnectionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateConnectionRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CreateConnectionWithContext is the same as CreateConnection with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateConnection for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) CreateConnectionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateConnectionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateConnectionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateConnectionRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCreateCrawler = "CreateCrawler"
// CreateCrawlerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateCrawler operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateCrawler for more information on using the CreateCrawler
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateCrawlerRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateCrawlerRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateCrawler
func (c *Glue) CreateCrawlerRequest(input *CreateCrawlerInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateCrawlerOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCreateCrawler,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CreateCrawlerInput{}
}
output = &CreateCrawlerOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CreateCrawler API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Creates a new crawler with specified targets, role, configuration, and optional
// schedule. At least one crawl target must be specified, in the s3Targets field,
// the jdbcTargets field, or the DynamoDBTargets field.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation CreateCrawler for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeAlreadyExistsException "AlreadyExistsException"
// A resource to be created or added already exists.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNumberLimitExceededException "ResourceNumberLimitExceededException"
// A resource numerical limit was exceeded.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateCrawler
func (c *Glue) CreateCrawler(input *CreateCrawlerInput) (*CreateCrawlerOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateCrawlerRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CreateCrawlerWithContext is the same as CreateCrawler with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateCrawler for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) CreateCrawlerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateCrawlerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateCrawlerOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateCrawlerRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCreateDatabase = "CreateDatabase"
// CreateDatabaseRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateDatabase operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateDatabase for more information on using the CreateDatabase
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateDatabaseRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateDatabaseRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateDatabase
func (c *Glue) CreateDatabaseRequest(input *CreateDatabaseInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDatabaseOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCreateDatabase,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CreateDatabaseInput{}
}
output = &CreateDatabaseOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CreateDatabase API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Creates a new database in a Data Catalog.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation CreateDatabase for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeAlreadyExistsException "AlreadyExistsException"
// A resource to be created or added already exists.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNumberLimitExceededException "ResourceNumberLimitExceededException"
// A resource numerical limit was exceeded.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateDatabase
func (c *Glue) CreateDatabase(input *CreateDatabaseInput) (*CreateDatabaseOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateDatabaseRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CreateDatabaseWithContext is the same as CreateDatabase with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateDatabase for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) CreateDatabaseWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDatabaseInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDatabaseOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateDatabaseRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCreateDevEndpoint = "CreateDevEndpoint"
// CreateDevEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateDevEndpoint operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateDevEndpoint for more information on using the CreateDevEndpoint
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateDevEndpointRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateDevEndpointRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateDevEndpoint
func (c *Glue) CreateDevEndpointRequest(input *CreateDevEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDevEndpointOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCreateDevEndpoint,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CreateDevEndpointInput{}
}
output = &CreateDevEndpointOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CreateDevEndpoint API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Creates a new DevEndpoint.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation CreateDevEndpoint for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
// Access to a resource was denied.
//
// * ErrCodeAlreadyExistsException "AlreadyExistsException"
// A resource to be created or added already exists.
//
// * ErrCodeIdempotentParameterMismatchException "IdempotentParameterMismatchException"
// The same unique identifier was associated with two different records.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeValidationException "ValidationException"
// A value could not be validated.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNumberLimitExceededException "ResourceNumberLimitExceededException"
// A resource numerical limit was exceeded.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateDevEndpoint
func (c *Glue) CreateDevEndpoint(input *CreateDevEndpointInput) (*CreateDevEndpointOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateDevEndpointRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CreateDevEndpointWithContext is the same as CreateDevEndpoint with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateDevEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) CreateDevEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDevEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDevEndpointOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateDevEndpointRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCreateJob = "CreateJob"
// CreateJobRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateJob operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateJob for more information on using the CreateJob
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateJobRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateJobRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateJob
func (c *Glue) CreateJobRequest(input *CreateJobInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateJobOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCreateJob,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CreateJobInput{}
}
output = &CreateJobOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CreateJob API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Creates a new job definition.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation CreateJob for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeIdempotentParameterMismatchException "IdempotentParameterMismatchException"
// The same unique identifier was associated with two different records.
//
// * ErrCodeAlreadyExistsException "AlreadyExistsException"
// A resource to be created or added already exists.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNumberLimitExceededException "ResourceNumberLimitExceededException"
// A resource numerical limit was exceeded.
//
// * ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException "ConcurrentModificationException"
// Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateJob
func (c *Glue) CreateJob(input *CreateJobInput) (*CreateJobOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateJobRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CreateJobWithContext is the same as CreateJob with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateJob for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) CreateJobWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateJobInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateJobOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateJobRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCreatePartition = "CreatePartition"
// CreatePartitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreatePartition operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreatePartition for more information on using the CreatePartition
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreatePartitionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreatePartitionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreatePartition
func (c *Glue) CreatePartitionRequest(input *CreatePartitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreatePartitionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCreatePartition,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CreatePartitionInput{}
}
output = &CreatePartitionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CreatePartition API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Creates a new partition.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation CreatePartition for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeAlreadyExistsException "AlreadyExistsException"
// A resource to be created or added already exists.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNumberLimitExceededException "ResourceNumberLimitExceededException"
// A resource numerical limit was exceeded.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreatePartition
func (c *Glue) CreatePartition(input *CreatePartitionInput) (*CreatePartitionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreatePartitionRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CreatePartitionWithContext is the same as CreatePartition with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreatePartition for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) CreatePartitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreatePartitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreatePartitionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreatePartitionRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCreateScript = "CreateScript"
// CreateScriptRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateScript operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateScript for more information on using the CreateScript
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateScriptRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateScriptRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateScript
func (c *Glue) CreateScriptRequest(input *CreateScriptInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateScriptOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCreateScript,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CreateScriptInput{}
}
output = &CreateScriptOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CreateScript API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Transforms a directed acyclic graph (DAG) into code.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation CreateScript for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateScript
func (c *Glue) CreateScript(input *CreateScriptInput) (*CreateScriptOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateScriptRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CreateScriptWithContext is the same as CreateScript with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateScript for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) CreateScriptWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateScriptInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateScriptOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateScriptRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCreateTable = "CreateTable"
// CreateTableRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateTable operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateTable for more information on using the CreateTable
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateTableRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateTableRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateTable
func (c *Glue) CreateTableRequest(input *CreateTableInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateTableOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCreateTable,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CreateTableInput{}
}
output = &CreateTableOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CreateTable API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Creates a new table definition in the Data Catalog.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation CreateTable for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeAlreadyExistsException "AlreadyExistsException"
// A resource to be created or added already exists.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNumberLimitExceededException "ResourceNumberLimitExceededException"
// A resource numerical limit was exceeded.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateTable
func (c *Glue) CreateTable(input *CreateTableInput) (*CreateTableOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateTableRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CreateTableWithContext is the same as CreateTable with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateTable for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) CreateTableWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateTableInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateTableOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateTableRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCreateTrigger = "CreateTrigger"
// CreateTriggerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateTrigger operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateTrigger for more information on using the CreateTrigger
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateTriggerRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateTriggerRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateTrigger
func (c *Glue) CreateTriggerRequest(input *CreateTriggerInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateTriggerOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCreateTrigger,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CreateTriggerInput{}
}
output = &CreateTriggerOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CreateTrigger API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Creates a new trigger.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation CreateTrigger for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeAlreadyExistsException "AlreadyExistsException"
// A resource to be created or added already exists.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeIdempotentParameterMismatchException "IdempotentParameterMismatchException"
// The same unique identifier was associated with two different records.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNumberLimitExceededException "ResourceNumberLimitExceededException"
// A resource numerical limit was exceeded.
//
// * ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException "ConcurrentModificationException"
// Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateTrigger
func (c *Glue) CreateTrigger(input *CreateTriggerInput) (*CreateTriggerOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateTriggerRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CreateTriggerWithContext is the same as CreateTrigger with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateTrigger for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) CreateTriggerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateTriggerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateTriggerOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateTriggerRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCreateUserDefinedFunction = "CreateUserDefinedFunction"
// CreateUserDefinedFunctionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateUserDefinedFunction operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateUserDefinedFunction for more information on using the CreateUserDefinedFunction
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateUserDefinedFunctionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateUserDefinedFunctionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateUserDefinedFunction
func (c *Glue) CreateUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateUserDefinedFunctionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCreateUserDefinedFunction,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput{}
}
output = &CreateUserDefinedFunctionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CreateUserDefinedFunction API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Creates a new function definition in the Data Catalog.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation CreateUserDefinedFunction for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeAlreadyExistsException "AlreadyExistsException"
// A resource to be created or added already exists.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNumberLimitExceededException "ResourceNumberLimitExceededException"
// A resource numerical limit was exceeded.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateUserDefinedFunction
func (c *Glue) CreateUserDefinedFunction(input *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) (*CreateUserDefinedFunctionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CreateUserDefinedFunctionWithContext is the same as CreateUserDefinedFunction with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateUserDefinedFunction for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) CreateUserDefinedFunctionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateUserDefinedFunctionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteClassifier = "DeleteClassifier"
// DeleteClassifierRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteClassifier operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteClassifier for more information on using the DeleteClassifier
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteClassifierRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteClassifierRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteClassifier
func (c *Glue) DeleteClassifierRequest(input *DeleteClassifierInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteClassifierOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteClassifier,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteClassifierInput{}
}
output = &DeleteClassifierOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DeleteClassifier API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Removes a classifier from the Data Catalog.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation DeleteClassifier for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteClassifier
func (c *Glue) DeleteClassifier(input *DeleteClassifierInput) (*DeleteClassifierOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteClassifierRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteClassifierWithContext is the same as DeleteClassifier with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteClassifier for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) DeleteClassifierWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteClassifierInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteClassifierOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteClassifierRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteConnection = "DeleteConnection"
// DeleteConnectionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteConnection operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteConnection for more information on using the DeleteConnection
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteConnectionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteConnectionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteConnection
func (c *Glue) DeleteConnectionRequest(input *DeleteConnectionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteConnectionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteConnection,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteConnectionInput{}
}
output = &DeleteConnectionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DeleteConnection API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Deletes a connection from the Data Catalog.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation DeleteConnection for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteConnection
func (c *Glue) DeleteConnection(input *DeleteConnectionInput) (*DeleteConnectionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteConnectionRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteConnectionWithContext is the same as DeleteConnection with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteConnection for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) DeleteConnectionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteConnectionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteConnectionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteConnectionRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteCrawler = "DeleteCrawler"
// DeleteCrawlerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteCrawler operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteCrawler for more information on using the DeleteCrawler
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteCrawlerRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteCrawlerRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteCrawler
func (c *Glue) DeleteCrawlerRequest(input *DeleteCrawlerInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteCrawlerOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteCrawler,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteCrawlerInput{}
}
output = &DeleteCrawlerOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DeleteCrawler API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Removes a specified crawler from the Data Catalog, unless the crawler state
// is RUNNING.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation DeleteCrawler for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeCrawlerRunningException "CrawlerRunningException"
// The operation cannot be performed because the crawler is already running.
//
// * ErrCodeSchedulerTransitioningException "SchedulerTransitioningException"
// The specified scheduler is transitioning.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteCrawler
func (c *Glue) DeleteCrawler(input *DeleteCrawlerInput) (*DeleteCrawlerOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteCrawlerRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteCrawlerWithContext is the same as DeleteCrawler with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteCrawler for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) DeleteCrawlerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteCrawlerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteCrawlerOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteCrawlerRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteDatabase = "DeleteDatabase"
// DeleteDatabaseRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteDatabase operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteDatabase for more information on using the DeleteDatabase
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDatabaseRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteDatabaseRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteDatabase
func (c *Glue) DeleteDatabaseRequest(input *DeleteDatabaseInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDatabaseOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteDatabase,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteDatabaseInput{}
}
output = &DeleteDatabaseOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DeleteDatabase API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Removes a specified Database from a Data Catalog.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation DeleteDatabase for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteDatabase
func (c *Glue) DeleteDatabase(input *DeleteDatabaseInput) (*DeleteDatabaseOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteDatabaseRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteDatabaseWithContext is the same as DeleteDatabase with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteDatabase for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) DeleteDatabaseWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDatabaseInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDatabaseOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteDatabaseRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteDevEndpoint = "DeleteDevEndpoint"
// DeleteDevEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteDevEndpoint operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteDevEndpoint for more information on using the DeleteDevEndpoint
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDevEndpointRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteDevEndpointRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteDevEndpoint
func (c *Glue) DeleteDevEndpointRequest(input *DeleteDevEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDevEndpointOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteDevEndpoint,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteDevEndpointInput{}
}
output = &DeleteDevEndpointOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DeleteDevEndpoint API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Deletes a specified DevEndpoint.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation DeleteDevEndpoint for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteDevEndpoint
func (c *Glue) DeleteDevEndpoint(input *DeleteDevEndpointInput) (*DeleteDevEndpointOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteDevEndpointRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteDevEndpointWithContext is the same as DeleteDevEndpoint with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteDevEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) DeleteDevEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDevEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDevEndpointOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteDevEndpointRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteJob = "DeleteJob"
// DeleteJobRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteJob operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteJob for more information on using the DeleteJob
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteJobRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteJobRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteJob
func (c *Glue) DeleteJobRequest(input *DeleteJobInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteJobOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteJob,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteJobInput{}
}
output = &DeleteJobOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DeleteJob API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Deletes a specified job definition. If the job definition is not found, no
// exception is thrown.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation DeleteJob for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteJob
func (c *Glue) DeleteJob(input *DeleteJobInput) (*DeleteJobOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteJobRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteJobWithContext is the same as DeleteJob with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteJob for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) DeleteJobWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteJobInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteJobOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteJobRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeletePartition = "DeletePartition"
// DeletePartitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeletePartition operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeletePartition for more information on using the DeletePartition
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeletePartitionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeletePartitionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeletePartition
func (c *Glue) DeletePartitionRequest(input *DeletePartitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeletePartitionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeletePartition,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeletePartitionInput{}
}
output = &DeletePartitionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DeletePartition API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Deletes a specified partition.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation DeletePartition for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeletePartition
func (c *Glue) DeletePartition(input *DeletePartitionInput) (*DeletePartitionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeletePartitionRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeletePartitionWithContext is the same as DeletePartition with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeletePartition for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) DeletePartitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeletePartitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeletePartitionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeletePartitionRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteTable = "DeleteTable"
// DeleteTableRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteTable operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteTable for more information on using the DeleteTable
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteTableRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteTableRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteTable
func (c *Glue) DeleteTableRequest(input *DeleteTableInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteTableOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteTable,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteTableInput{}
}
output = &DeleteTableOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DeleteTable API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Removes a table definition from the Data Catalog.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation DeleteTable for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteTable
func (c *Glue) DeleteTable(input *DeleteTableInput) (*DeleteTableOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteTableRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteTableWithContext is the same as DeleteTable with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteTable for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) DeleteTableWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteTableInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteTableOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteTableRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteTableVersion = "DeleteTableVersion"
// DeleteTableVersionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteTableVersion operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteTableVersion for more information on using the DeleteTableVersion
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteTableVersionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteTableVersionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteTableVersion
func (c *Glue) DeleteTableVersionRequest(input *DeleteTableVersionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteTableVersionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteTableVersion,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteTableVersionInput{}
}
output = &DeleteTableVersionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DeleteTableVersion API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Deletes a specified version of a table.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation DeleteTableVersion for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteTableVersion
func (c *Glue) DeleteTableVersion(input *DeleteTableVersionInput) (*DeleteTableVersionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteTableVersionRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteTableVersionWithContext is the same as DeleteTableVersion with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteTableVersion for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) DeleteTableVersionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteTableVersionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteTableVersionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteTableVersionRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteTrigger = "DeleteTrigger"
// DeleteTriggerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteTrigger operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteTrigger for more information on using the DeleteTrigger
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteTriggerRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteTriggerRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteTrigger
func (c *Glue) DeleteTriggerRequest(input *DeleteTriggerInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteTriggerOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteTrigger,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteTriggerInput{}
}
output = &DeleteTriggerOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DeleteTrigger API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Deletes a specified trigger. If the trigger is not found, no exception is
// thrown.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation DeleteTrigger for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// * ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException "ConcurrentModificationException"
// Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteTrigger
func (c *Glue) DeleteTrigger(input *DeleteTriggerInput) (*DeleteTriggerOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteTriggerRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteTriggerWithContext is the same as DeleteTrigger with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteTrigger for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) DeleteTriggerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteTriggerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteTriggerOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteTriggerRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteUserDefinedFunction = "DeleteUserDefinedFunction"
// DeleteUserDefinedFunctionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteUserDefinedFunction operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteUserDefinedFunction for more information on using the DeleteUserDefinedFunction
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteUserDefinedFunctionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteUserDefinedFunctionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteUserDefinedFunction
func (c *Glue) DeleteUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteUserDefinedFunction,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput{}
}
output = &DeleteUserDefinedFunctionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DeleteUserDefinedFunction API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Deletes an existing function definition from the Data Catalog.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation DeleteUserDefinedFunction for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteUserDefinedFunction
func (c *Glue) DeleteUserDefinedFunction(input *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) (*DeleteUserDefinedFunctionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteUserDefinedFunctionWithContext is the same as DeleteUserDefinedFunction with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteUserDefinedFunction for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) DeleteUserDefinedFunctionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteUserDefinedFunctionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetCatalogImportStatus = "GetCatalogImportStatus"
// GetCatalogImportStatusRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetCatalogImportStatus operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetCatalogImportStatus for more information on using the GetCatalogImportStatus
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetCatalogImportStatusRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetCatalogImportStatusRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCatalogImportStatus
func (c *Glue) GetCatalogImportStatusRequest(input *GetCatalogImportStatusInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetCatalogImportStatusOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetCatalogImportStatus,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetCatalogImportStatusInput{}
}
output = &GetCatalogImportStatusOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetCatalogImportStatus API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves the status of a migration operation.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetCatalogImportStatus for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCatalogImportStatus
func (c *Glue) GetCatalogImportStatus(input *GetCatalogImportStatusInput) (*GetCatalogImportStatusOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetCatalogImportStatusRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetCatalogImportStatusWithContext is the same as GetCatalogImportStatus with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetCatalogImportStatus for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetCatalogImportStatusWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCatalogImportStatusInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetCatalogImportStatusOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetCatalogImportStatusRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetClassifier = "GetClassifier"
// GetClassifierRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetClassifier operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetClassifier for more information on using the GetClassifier
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetClassifierRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetClassifierRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetClassifier
func (c *Glue) GetClassifierRequest(input *GetClassifierInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetClassifierOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetClassifier,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetClassifierInput{}
}
output = &GetClassifierOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetClassifier API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieve a classifier by name.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetClassifier for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetClassifier
func (c *Glue) GetClassifier(input *GetClassifierInput) (*GetClassifierOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetClassifierRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetClassifierWithContext is the same as GetClassifier with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetClassifier for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetClassifierWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetClassifierInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetClassifierOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetClassifierRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetClassifiers = "GetClassifiers"
// GetClassifiersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetClassifiers operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetClassifiers for more information on using the GetClassifiers
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetClassifiersRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetClassifiersRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetClassifiers
func (c *Glue) GetClassifiersRequest(input *GetClassifiersInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetClassifiersOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetClassifiers,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetClassifiersInput{}
}
output = &GetClassifiersOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetClassifiers API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Lists all classifier objects in the Data Catalog.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetClassifiers for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetClassifiers
func (c *Glue) GetClassifiers(input *GetClassifiersInput) (*GetClassifiersOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetClassifiersRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetClassifiersWithContext is the same as GetClassifiers with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetClassifiers for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetClassifiersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetClassifiersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetClassifiersOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetClassifiersRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetClassifiersPages iterates over the pages of a GetClassifiers operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See GetClassifiers method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetClassifiers operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.GetClassifiersPages(params,
// func(page *GetClassifiersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
func (c *Glue) GetClassifiersPages(input *GetClassifiersInput, fn func(*GetClassifiersOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.GetClassifiersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// GetClassifiersPagesWithContext same as GetClassifiersPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetClassifiersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetClassifiersInput, fn func(*GetClassifiersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *GetClassifiersInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.GetClassifiersRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
cont := true
for p.Next() && cont {
cont = fn(p.Page().(*GetClassifiersOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
}
return p.Err()
}
const opGetConnection = "GetConnection"
// GetConnectionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetConnection operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetConnection for more information on using the GetConnection
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetConnectionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetConnectionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetConnection
func (c *Glue) GetConnectionRequest(input *GetConnectionInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetConnectionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetConnection,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetConnectionInput{}
}
output = &GetConnectionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetConnection API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves a connection definition from the Data Catalog.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetConnection for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetConnection
func (c *Glue) GetConnection(input *GetConnectionInput) (*GetConnectionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetConnectionRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetConnectionWithContext is the same as GetConnection with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetConnection for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetConnectionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetConnectionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetConnectionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetConnectionRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetConnections = "GetConnections"
// GetConnectionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetConnections operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetConnections for more information on using the GetConnections
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetConnectionsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetConnectionsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetConnections
func (c *Glue) GetConnectionsRequest(input *GetConnectionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetConnectionsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetConnections,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetConnectionsInput{}
}
output = &GetConnectionsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetConnections API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves a list of connection definitions from the Data Catalog.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetConnections for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetConnections
func (c *Glue) GetConnections(input *GetConnectionsInput) (*GetConnectionsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetConnectionsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetConnectionsWithContext is the same as GetConnections with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetConnections for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetConnectionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetConnectionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetConnectionsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetConnectionsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetConnectionsPages iterates over the pages of a GetConnections operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See GetConnections method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetConnections operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.GetConnectionsPages(params,
// func(page *GetConnectionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
func (c *Glue) GetConnectionsPages(input *GetConnectionsInput, fn func(*GetConnectionsOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.GetConnectionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// GetConnectionsPagesWithContext same as GetConnectionsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetConnectionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetConnectionsInput, fn func(*GetConnectionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *GetConnectionsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.GetConnectionsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
cont := true
for p.Next() && cont {
cont = fn(p.Page().(*GetConnectionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
}
return p.Err()
}
const opGetCrawler = "GetCrawler"
// GetCrawlerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetCrawler operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetCrawler for more information on using the GetCrawler
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetCrawlerRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetCrawlerRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCrawler
func (c *Glue) GetCrawlerRequest(input *GetCrawlerInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetCrawlerOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetCrawler,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetCrawlerInput{}
}
output = &GetCrawlerOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetCrawler API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves metadata for a specified crawler.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetCrawler for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCrawler
func (c *Glue) GetCrawler(input *GetCrawlerInput) (*GetCrawlerOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetCrawlerRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetCrawlerWithContext is the same as GetCrawler with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetCrawler for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetCrawlerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCrawlerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetCrawlerOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetCrawlerRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetCrawlerMetrics = "GetCrawlerMetrics"
// GetCrawlerMetricsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetCrawlerMetrics operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetCrawlerMetrics for more information on using the GetCrawlerMetrics
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetCrawlerMetricsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetCrawlerMetricsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCrawlerMetrics
func (c *Glue) GetCrawlerMetricsRequest(input *GetCrawlerMetricsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetCrawlerMetricsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetCrawlerMetrics,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetCrawlerMetricsInput{}
}
output = &GetCrawlerMetricsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetCrawlerMetrics API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves metrics about specified crawlers.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetCrawlerMetrics for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCrawlerMetrics
func (c *Glue) GetCrawlerMetrics(input *GetCrawlerMetricsInput) (*GetCrawlerMetricsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetCrawlerMetricsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetCrawlerMetricsWithContext is the same as GetCrawlerMetrics with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetCrawlerMetrics for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetCrawlerMetricsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCrawlerMetricsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetCrawlerMetricsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetCrawlerMetricsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetCrawlerMetricsPages iterates over the pages of a GetCrawlerMetrics operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See GetCrawlerMetrics method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetCrawlerMetrics operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.GetCrawlerMetricsPages(params,
// func(page *GetCrawlerMetricsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
func (c *Glue) GetCrawlerMetricsPages(input *GetCrawlerMetricsInput, fn func(*GetCrawlerMetricsOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.GetCrawlerMetricsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// GetCrawlerMetricsPagesWithContext same as GetCrawlerMetricsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetCrawlerMetricsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCrawlerMetricsInput, fn func(*GetCrawlerMetricsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *GetCrawlerMetricsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.GetCrawlerMetricsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
cont := true
for p.Next() && cont {
cont = fn(p.Page().(*GetCrawlerMetricsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
}
return p.Err()
}
const opGetCrawlers = "GetCrawlers"
// GetCrawlersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetCrawlers operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetCrawlers for more information on using the GetCrawlers
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetCrawlersRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetCrawlersRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCrawlers
func (c *Glue) GetCrawlersRequest(input *GetCrawlersInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetCrawlersOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetCrawlers,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetCrawlersInput{}
}
output = &GetCrawlersOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetCrawlers API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves metadata for all crawlers defined in the customer account.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetCrawlers for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCrawlers
func (c *Glue) GetCrawlers(input *GetCrawlersInput) (*GetCrawlersOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetCrawlersRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetCrawlersWithContext is the same as GetCrawlers with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetCrawlers for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetCrawlersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCrawlersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetCrawlersOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetCrawlersRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetCrawlersPages iterates over the pages of a GetCrawlers operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See GetCrawlers method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetCrawlers operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.GetCrawlersPages(params,
// func(page *GetCrawlersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
func (c *Glue) GetCrawlersPages(input *GetCrawlersInput, fn func(*GetCrawlersOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.GetCrawlersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// GetCrawlersPagesWithContext same as GetCrawlersPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetCrawlersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCrawlersInput, fn func(*GetCrawlersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *GetCrawlersInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.GetCrawlersRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
cont := true
for p.Next() && cont {
cont = fn(p.Page().(*GetCrawlersOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
}
return p.Err()
}
const opGetDatabase = "GetDatabase"
// GetDatabaseRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetDatabase operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetDatabase for more information on using the GetDatabase
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetDatabaseRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetDatabaseRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDatabase
func (c *Glue) GetDatabaseRequest(input *GetDatabaseInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetDatabaseOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetDatabase,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetDatabaseInput{}
}
output = &GetDatabaseOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetDatabase API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves the definition of a specified database.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetDatabase for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDatabase
func (c *Glue) GetDatabase(input *GetDatabaseInput) (*GetDatabaseOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetDatabaseRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetDatabaseWithContext is the same as GetDatabase with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetDatabase for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetDatabaseWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDatabaseInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetDatabaseOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetDatabaseRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetDatabases = "GetDatabases"
// GetDatabasesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetDatabases operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetDatabases for more information on using the GetDatabases
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetDatabasesRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetDatabasesRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDatabases
func (c *Glue) GetDatabasesRequest(input *GetDatabasesInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetDatabasesOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetDatabases,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetDatabasesInput{}
}
output = &GetDatabasesOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetDatabases API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves all Databases defined in a given Data Catalog.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetDatabases for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDatabases
func (c *Glue) GetDatabases(input *GetDatabasesInput) (*GetDatabasesOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetDatabasesRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetDatabasesWithContext is the same as GetDatabases with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetDatabases for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetDatabasesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDatabasesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetDatabasesOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetDatabasesRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetDatabasesPages iterates over the pages of a GetDatabases operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See GetDatabases method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetDatabases operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.GetDatabasesPages(params,
// func(page *GetDatabasesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
func (c *Glue) GetDatabasesPages(input *GetDatabasesInput, fn func(*GetDatabasesOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.GetDatabasesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// GetDatabasesPagesWithContext same as GetDatabasesPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetDatabasesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDatabasesInput, fn func(*GetDatabasesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *GetDatabasesInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.GetDatabasesRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
cont := true
for p.Next() && cont {
cont = fn(p.Page().(*GetDatabasesOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
}
return p.Err()
}
const opGetDataflowGraph = "GetDataflowGraph"
// GetDataflowGraphRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetDataflowGraph operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetDataflowGraph for more information on using the GetDataflowGraph
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetDataflowGraphRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetDataflowGraphRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDataflowGraph
func (c *Glue) GetDataflowGraphRequest(input *GetDataflowGraphInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetDataflowGraphOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetDataflowGraph,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetDataflowGraphInput{}
}
output = &GetDataflowGraphOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetDataflowGraph API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Transforms a Python script into a directed acyclic graph (DAG).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetDataflowGraph for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDataflowGraph
func (c *Glue) GetDataflowGraph(input *GetDataflowGraphInput) (*GetDataflowGraphOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetDataflowGraphRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetDataflowGraphWithContext is the same as GetDataflowGraph with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetDataflowGraph for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetDataflowGraphWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDataflowGraphInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetDataflowGraphOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetDataflowGraphRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetDevEndpoint = "GetDevEndpoint"
// GetDevEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetDevEndpoint operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetDevEndpoint for more information on using the GetDevEndpoint
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetDevEndpointRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetDevEndpointRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDevEndpoint
func (c *Glue) GetDevEndpointRequest(input *GetDevEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetDevEndpointOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetDevEndpoint,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetDevEndpointInput{}
}
output = &GetDevEndpointOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetDevEndpoint API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves information about a specified DevEndpoint.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetDevEndpoint for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDevEndpoint
func (c *Glue) GetDevEndpoint(input *GetDevEndpointInput) (*GetDevEndpointOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetDevEndpointRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetDevEndpointWithContext is the same as GetDevEndpoint with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetDevEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetDevEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDevEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetDevEndpointOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetDevEndpointRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetDevEndpoints = "GetDevEndpoints"
// GetDevEndpointsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetDevEndpoints operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetDevEndpoints for more information on using the GetDevEndpoints
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetDevEndpointsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetDevEndpointsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDevEndpoints
func (c *Glue) GetDevEndpointsRequest(input *GetDevEndpointsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetDevEndpointsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetDevEndpoints,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetDevEndpointsInput{}
}
output = &GetDevEndpointsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetDevEndpoints API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves all the DevEndpoints in this AWS account.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetDevEndpoints for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDevEndpoints
func (c *Glue) GetDevEndpoints(input *GetDevEndpointsInput) (*GetDevEndpointsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetDevEndpointsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetDevEndpointsWithContext is the same as GetDevEndpoints with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetDevEndpoints for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetDevEndpointsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDevEndpointsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetDevEndpointsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetDevEndpointsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetDevEndpointsPages iterates over the pages of a GetDevEndpoints operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See GetDevEndpoints method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetDevEndpoints operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.GetDevEndpointsPages(params,
// func(page *GetDevEndpointsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
func (c *Glue) GetDevEndpointsPages(input *GetDevEndpointsInput, fn func(*GetDevEndpointsOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.GetDevEndpointsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// GetDevEndpointsPagesWithContext same as GetDevEndpointsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetDevEndpointsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDevEndpointsInput, fn func(*GetDevEndpointsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *GetDevEndpointsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.GetDevEndpointsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
cont := true
for p.Next() && cont {
cont = fn(p.Page().(*GetDevEndpointsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
}
return p.Err()
}
const opGetJob = "GetJob"
// GetJobRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetJob operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetJob for more information on using the GetJob
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetJobRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetJobRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJob
func (c *Glue) GetJobRequest(input *GetJobInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetJobOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetJob,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetJobInput{}
}
output = &GetJobOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetJob API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves an existing job definition.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetJob for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJob
func (c *Glue) GetJob(input *GetJobInput) (*GetJobOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetJobRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetJobWithContext is the same as GetJob with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetJob for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetJobWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetJobInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetJobOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetJobRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetJobRun = "GetJobRun"
// GetJobRunRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetJobRun operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetJobRun for more information on using the GetJobRun
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetJobRunRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetJobRunRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJobRun
func (c *Glue) GetJobRunRequest(input *GetJobRunInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetJobRunOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetJobRun,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetJobRunInput{}
}
output = &GetJobRunOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetJobRun API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves the metadata for a given job run.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetJobRun for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJobRun
func (c *Glue) GetJobRun(input *GetJobRunInput) (*GetJobRunOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetJobRunRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetJobRunWithContext is the same as GetJobRun with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetJobRun for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetJobRunWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetJobRunInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetJobRunOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetJobRunRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetJobRuns = "GetJobRuns"
// GetJobRunsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetJobRuns operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetJobRuns for more information on using the GetJobRuns
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetJobRunsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetJobRunsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJobRuns
func (c *Glue) GetJobRunsRequest(input *GetJobRunsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetJobRunsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetJobRuns,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetJobRunsInput{}
}
output = &GetJobRunsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetJobRuns API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves metadata for all runs of a given job definition.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetJobRuns for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJobRuns
func (c *Glue) GetJobRuns(input *GetJobRunsInput) (*GetJobRunsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetJobRunsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetJobRunsWithContext is the same as GetJobRuns with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetJobRuns for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetJobRunsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetJobRunsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetJobRunsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetJobRunsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetJobRunsPages iterates over the pages of a GetJobRuns operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See GetJobRuns method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetJobRuns operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.GetJobRunsPages(params,
// func(page *GetJobRunsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
func (c *Glue) GetJobRunsPages(input *GetJobRunsInput, fn func(*GetJobRunsOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.GetJobRunsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// GetJobRunsPagesWithContext same as GetJobRunsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetJobRunsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetJobRunsInput, fn func(*GetJobRunsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *GetJobRunsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.GetJobRunsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
cont := true
for p.Next() && cont {
cont = fn(p.Page().(*GetJobRunsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
}
return p.Err()
}
const opGetJobs = "GetJobs"
// GetJobsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetJobs operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetJobs for more information on using the GetJobs
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetJobsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetJobsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJobs
func (c *Glue) GetJobsRequest(input *GetJobsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetJobsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetJobs,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetJobsInput{}
}
output = &GetJobsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetJobs API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves all current job definitions.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetJobs for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJobs
func (c *Glue) GetJobs(input *GetJobsInput) (*GetJobsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetJobsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetJobsWithContext is the same as GetJobs with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetJobs for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetJobsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetJobsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetJobsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetJobsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetJobsPages iterates over the pages of a GetJobs operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See GetJobs method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetJobs operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.GetJobsPages(params,
// func(page *GetJobsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
func (c *Glue) GetJobsPages(input *GetJobsInput, fn func(*GetJobsOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.GetJobsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// GetJobsPagesWithContext same as GetJobsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetJobsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetJobsInput, fn func(*GetJobsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *GetJobsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.GetJobsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
cont := true
for p.Next() && cont {
cont = fn(p.Page().(*GetJobsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
}
return p.Err()
}
const opGetMapping = "GetMapping"
// GetMappingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetMapping operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetMapping for more information on using the GetMapping
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetMappingRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetMappingRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetMapping
func (c *Glue) GetMappingRequest(input *GetMappingInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetMappingOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetMapping,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetMappingInput{}
}
output = &GetMappingOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetMapping API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Creates mappings.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetMapping for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetMapping
func (c *Glue) GetMapping(input *GetMappingInput) (*GetMappingOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetMappingRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetMappingWithContext is the same as GetMapping with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetMapping for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetMappingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetMappingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetMappingOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetMappingRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetPartition = "GetPartition"
// GetPartitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetPartition operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetPartition for more information on using the GetPartition
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetPartitionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetPartitionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetPartition
func (c *Glue) GetPartitionRequest(input *GetPartitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetPartitionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetPartition,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetPartitionInput{}
}
output = &GetPartitionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetPartition API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves information about a specified partition.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetPartition for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetPartition
func (c *Glue) GetPartition(input *GetPartitionInput) (*GetPartitionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetPartitionRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetPartitionWithContext is the same as GetPartition with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetPartition for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetPartitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetPartitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetPartitionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetPartitionRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetPartitions = "GetPartitions"
// GetPartitionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetPartitions operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetPartitions for more information on using the GetPartitions
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetPartitionsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetPartitionsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetPartitions
func (c *Glue) GetPartitionsRequest(input *GetPartitionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetPartitionsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetPartitions,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetPartitionsInput{}
}
output = &GetPartitionsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetPartitions API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves information about the partitions in a table.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetPartitions for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetPartitions
func (c *Glue) GetPartitions(input *GetPartitionsInput) (*GetPartitionsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetPartitionsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetPartitionsWithContext is the same as GetPartitions with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetPartitions for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetPartitionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetPartitionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetPartitionsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetPartitionsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetPartitionsPages iterates over the pages of a GetPartitions operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See GetPartitions method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetPartitions operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.GetPartitionsPages(params,
// func(page *GetPartitionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
func (c *Glue) GetPartitionsPages(input *GetPartitionsInput, fn func(*GetPartitionsOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.GetPartitionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// GetPartitionsPagesWithContext same as GetPartitionsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetPartitionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetPartitionsInput, fn func(*GetPartitionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *GetPartitionsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.GetPartitionsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
cont := true
for p.Next() && cont {
cont = fn(p.Page().(*GetPartitionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
}
return p.Err()
}
const opGetPlan = "GetPlan"
// GetPlanRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetPlan operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetPlan for more information on using the GetPlan
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetPlanRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetPlanRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetPlan
func (c *Glue) GetPlanRequest(input *GetPlanInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetPlanOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetPlan,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetPlanInput{}
}
output = &GetPlanOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetPlan API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Gets code to perform a specified mapping.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetPlan for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetPlan
func (c *Glue) GetPlan(input *GetPlanInput) (*GetPlanOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetPlanRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetPlanWithContext is the same as GetPlan with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetPlan for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetPlanWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetPlanInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetPlanOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetPlanRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetTable = "GetTable"
// GetTableRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetTable operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetTable for more information on using the GetTable
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetTableRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetTableRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTable
func (c *Glue) GetTableRequest(input *GetTableInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetTableOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetTable,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetTableInput{}
}
output = &GetTableOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetTable API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves the Table definition in a Data Catalog for a specified table.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetTable for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTable
func (c *Glue) GetTable(input *GetTableInput) (*GetTableOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetTableRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetTableWithContext is the same as GetTable with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetTable for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetTableWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetTableInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetTableOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetTableRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetTableVersion = "GetTableVersion"
// GetTableVersionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetTableVersion operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetTableVersion for more information on using the GetTableVersion
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetTableVersionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetTableVersionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTableVersion
func (c *Glue) GetTableVersionRequest(input *GetTableVersionInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetTableVersionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetTableVersion,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetTableVersionInput{}
}
output = &GetTableVersionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetTableVersion API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves a specified version of a table.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetTableVersion for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTableVersion
func (c *Glue) GetTableVersion(input *GetTableVersionInput) (*GetTableVersionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetTableVersionRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetTableVersionWithContext is the same as GetTableVersion with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetTableVersion for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetTableVersionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetTableVersionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetTableVersionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetTableVersionRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetTableVersions = "GetTableVersions"
// GetTableVersionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetTableVersions operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetTableVersions for more information on using the GetTableVersions
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetTableVersionsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetTableVersionsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTableVersions
func (c *Glue) GetTableVersionsRequest(input *GetTableVersionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetTableVersionsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetTableVersions,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetTableVersionsInput{}
}
output = &GetTableVersionsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetTableVersions API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves a list of strings that identify available versions of a specified
// table.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetTableVersions for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTableVersions
func (c *Glue) GetTableVersions(input *GetTableVersionsInput) (*GetTableVersionsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetTableVersionsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetTableVersionsWithContext is the same as GetTableVersions with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetTableVersions for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetTableVersionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetTableVersionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetTableVersionsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetTableVersionsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetTableVersionsPages iterates over the pages of a GetTableVersions operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See GetTableVersions method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetTableVersions operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.GetTableVersionsPages(params,
// func(page *GetTableVersionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
func (c *Glue) GetTableVersionsPages(input *GetTableVersionsInput, fn func(*GetTableVersionsOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.GetTableVersionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// GetTableVersionsPagesWithContext same as GetTableVersionsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetTableVersionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetTableVersionsInput, fn func(*GetTableVersionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *GetTableVersionsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.GetTableVersionsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
cont := true
for p.Next() && cont {
cont = fn(p.Page().(*GetTableVersionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
}
return p.Err()
}
const opGetTables = "GetTables"
// GetTablesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetTables operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetTables for more information on using the GetTables
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetTablesRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetTablesRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTables
func (c *Glue) GetTablesRequest(input *GetTablesInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetTablesOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetTables,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetTablesInput{}
}
output = &GetTablesOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetTables API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves the definitions of some or all of the tables in a given Database.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetTables for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTables
func (c *Glue) GetTables(input *GetTablesInput) (*GetTablesOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetTablesRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetTablesWithContext is the same as GetTables with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetTables for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetTablesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetTablesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetTablesOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetTablesRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetTablesPages iterates over the pages of a GetTables operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See GetTables method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetTables operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.GetTablesPages(params,
// func(page *GetTablesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
func (c *Glue) GetTablesPages(input *GetTablesInput, fn func(*GetTablesOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.GetTablesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// GetTablesPagesWithContext same as GetTablesPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetTablesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetTablesInput, fn func(*GetTablesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *GetTablesInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.GetTablesRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
cont := true
for p.Next() && cont {
cont = fn(p.Page().(*GetTablesOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
}
return p.Err()
}
const opGetTrigger = "GetTrigger"
// GetTriggerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetTrigger operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetTrigger for more information on using the GetTrigger
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetTriggerRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetTriggerRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTrigger
func (c *Glue) GetTriggerRequest(input *GetTriggerInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetTriggerOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetTrigger,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetTriggerInput{}
}
output = &GetTriggerOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetTrigger API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves the definition of a trigger.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetTrigger for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTrigger
func (c *Glue) GetTrigger(input *GetTriggerInput) (*GetTriggerOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetTriggerRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetTriggerWithContext is the same as GetTrigger with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetTrigger for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetTriggerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetTriggerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetTriggerOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetTriggerRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetTriggers = "GetTriggers"
// GetTriggersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetTriggers operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetTriggers for more information on using the GetTriggers
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetTriggersRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetTriggersRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTriggers
func (c *Glue) GetTriggersRequest(input *GetTriggersInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetTriggersOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetTriggers,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetTriggersInput{}
}
output = &GetTriggersOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetTriggers API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Gets all the triggers associated with a job.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetTriggers for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTriggers
func (c *Glue) GetTriggers(input *GetTriggersInput) (*GetTriggersOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetTriggersRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetTriggersWithContext is the same as GetTriggers with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetTriggers for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetTriggersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetTriggersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetTriggersOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetTriggersRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetTriggersPages iterates over the pages of a GetTriggers operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See GetTriggers method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetTriggers operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.GetTriggersPages(params,
// func(page *GetTriggersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
func (c *Glue) GetTriggersPages(input *GetTriggersInput, fn func(*GetTriggersOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.GetTriggersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// GetTriggersPagesWithContext same as GetTriggersPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetTriggersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetTriggersInput, fn func(*GetTriggersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *GetTriggersInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.GetTriggersRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
cont := true
for p.Next() && cont {
cont = fn(p.Page().(*GetTriggersOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
}
return p.Err()
}
const opGetUserDefinedFunction = "GetUserDefinedFunction"
// GetUserDefinedFunctionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetUserDefinedFunction operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetUserDefinedFunction for more information on using the GetUserDefinedFunction
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetUserDefinedFunctionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetUserDefinedFunctionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetUserDefinedFunction
func (c *Glue) GetUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetUserDefinedFunction,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetUserDefinedFunctionInput{}
}
output = &GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetUserDefinedFunction API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves a specified function definition from the Data Catalog.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetUserDefinedFunction for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetUserDefinedFunction
func (c *Glue) GetUserDefinedFunction(input *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) (*GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetUserDefinedFunctionWithContext is the same as GetUserDefinedFunction with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetUserDefinedFunction for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetUserDefinedFunctionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetUserDefinedFunctions = "GetUserDefinedFunctions"
// GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetUserDefinedFunctions operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetUserDefinedFunctions for more information on using the GetUserDefinedFunctions
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetUserDefinedFunctions
func (c *Glue) GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest(input *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetUserDefinedFunctions,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput{}
}
output = &GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetUserDefinedFunctions API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves a multiple function definitions from the Data Catalog.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetUserDefinedFunctions for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetUserDefinedFunctions
func (c *Glue) GetUserDefinedFunctions(input *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) (*GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetUserDefinedFunctionsWithContext is the same as GetUserDefinedFunctions with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetUserDefinedFunctions for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetUserDefinedFunctionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetUserDefinedFunctionsPages iterates over the pages of a GetUserDefinedFunctions operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See GetUserDefinedFunctions method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetUserDefinedFunctions operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.GetUserDefinedFunctionsPages(params,
// func(page *GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
func (c *Glue) GetUserDefinedFunctionsPages(input *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput, fn func(*GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.GetUserDefinedFunctionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// GetUserDefinedFunctionsPagesWithContext same as GetUserDefinedFunctionsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetUserDefinedFunctionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput, fn func(*GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
cont := true
for p.Next() && cont {
cont = fn(p.Page().(*GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
}
return p.Err()
}
const opImportCatalogToGlue = "ImportCatalogToGlue"
// ImportCatalogToGlueRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ImportCatalogToGlue operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ImportCatalogToGlue for more information on using the ImportCatalogToGlue
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the ImportCatalogToGlueRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ImportCatalogToGlueRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ImportCatalogToGlue
func (c *Glue) ImportCatalogToGlueRequest(input *ImportCatalogToGlueInput) (req *request.Request, output *ImportCatalogToGlueOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opImportCatalogToGlue,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &ImportCatalogToGlueInput{}
}
output = &ImportCatalogToGlueOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ImportCatalogToGlue API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Imports an existing Athena Data Catalog to AWS Glue
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation ImportCatalogToGlue for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ImportCatalogToGlue
func (c *Glue) ImportCatalogToGlue(input *ImportCatalogToGlueInput) (*ImportCatalogToGlueOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ImportCatalogToGlueRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ImportCatalogToGlueWithContext is the same as ImportCatalogToGlue with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ImportCatalogToGlue for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) ImportCatalogToGlueWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ImportCatalogToGlueInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ImportCatalogToGlueOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ImportCatalogToGlueRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opResetJobBookmark = "ResetJobBookmark"
// ResetJobBookmarkRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ResetJobBookmark operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ResetJobBookmark for more information on using the ResetJobBookmark
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the ResetJobBookmarkRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ResetJobBookmarkRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ResetJobBookmark
func (c *Glue) ResetJobBookmarkRequest(input *ResetJobBookmarkInput) (req *request.Request, output *ResetJobBookmarkOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opResetJobBookmark,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &ResetJobBookmarkInput{}
}
output = &ResetJobBookmarkOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ResetJobBookmark API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Resets a bookmark entry.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation ResetJobBookmark for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ResetJobBookmark
func (c *Glue) ResetJobBookmark(input *ResetJobBookmarkInput) (*ResetJobBookmarkOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ResetJobBookmarkRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ResetJobBookmarkWithContext is the same as ResetJobBookmark with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ResetJobBookmark for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) ResetJobBookmarkWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ResetJobBookmarkInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ResetJobBookmarkOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ResetJobBookmarkRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opStartCrawler = "StartCrawler"
// StartCrawlerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the StartCrawler operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See StartCrawler for more information on using the StartCrawler
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the StartCrawlerRequest method.
// req, resp := client.StartCrawlerRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartCrawler
func (c *Glue) StartCrawlerRequest(input *StartCrawlerInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartCrawlerOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opStartCrawler,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &StartCrawlerInput{}
}
output = &StartCrawlerOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// StartCrawler API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Starts a crawl using the specified crawler, regardless of what is scheduled.
// If the crawler is already running, returns a CrawlerRunningException (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-api-exceptions.html#aws-glue-api-exceptions-CrawlerRunningException).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation StartCrawler for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeCrawlerRunningException "CrawlerRunningException"
// The operation cannot be performed because the crawler is already running.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartCrawler
func (c *Glue) StartCrawler(input *StartCrawlerInput) (*StartCrawlerOutput, error) {
req, out := c.StartCrawlerRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// StartCrawlerWithContext is the same as StartCrawler with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See StartCrawler for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) StartCrawlerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartCrawlerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartCrawlerOutput, error) {
req, out := c.StartCrawlerRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opStartCrawlerSchedule = "StartCrawlerSchedule"
// StartCrawlerScheduleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the StartCrawlerSchedule operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See StartCrawlerSchedule for more information on using the StartCrawlerSchedule
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the StartCrawlerScheduleRequest method.
// req, resp := client.StartCrawlerScheduleRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartCrawlerSchedule
func (c *Glue) StartCrawlerScheduleRequest(input *StartCrawlerScheduleInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartCrawlerScheduleOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opStartCrawlerSchedule,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &StartCrawlerScheduleInput{}
}
output = &StartCrawlerScheduleOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// StartCrawlerSchedule API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Changes the schedule state of the specified crawler to SCHEDULED, unless
// the crawler is already running or the schedule state is already SCHEDULED.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation StartCrawlerSchedule for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeSchedulerRunningException "SchedulerRunningException"
// The specified scheduler is already running.
//
// * ErrCodeSchedulerTransitioningException "SchedulerTransitioningException"
// The specified scheduler is transitioning.
//
// * ErrCodeNoScheduleException "NoScheduleException"
// There is no applicable schedule.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartCrawlerSchedule
func (c *Glue) StartCrawlerSchedule(input *StartCrawlerScheduleInput) (*StartCrawlerScheduleOutput, error) {
req, out := c.StartCrawlerScheduleRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// StartCrawlerScheduleWithContext is the same as StartCrawlerSchedule with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See StartCrawlerSchedule for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) StartCrawlerScheduleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartCrawlerScheduleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartCrawlerScheduleOutput, error) {
req, out := c.StartCrawlerScheduleRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opStartJobRun = "StartJobRun"
// StartJobRunRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the StartJobRun operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See StartJobRun for more information on using the StartJobRun
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the StartJobRunRequest method.
// req, resp := client.StartJobRunRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartJobRun
func (c *Glue) StartJobRunRequest(input *StartJobRunInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartJobRunOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opStartJobRun,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &StartJobRunInput{}
}
output = &StartJobRunOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// StartJobRun API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Starts a job run using a job definition.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation StartJobRun for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNumberLimitExceededException "ResourceNumberLimitExceededException"
// A resource numerical limit was exceeded.
//
// * ErrCodeConcurrentRunsExceededException "ConcurrentRunsExceededException"
// Too many jobs are being run concurrently.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartJobRun
func (c *Glue) StartJobRun(input *StartJobRunInput) (*StartJobRunOutput, error) {
req, out := c.StartJobRunRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// StartJobRunWithContext is the same as StartJobRun with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See StartJobRun for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) StartJobRunWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartJobRunInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartJobRunOutput, error) {
req, out := c.StartJobRunRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opStartTrigger = "StartTrigger"
// StartTriggerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the StartTrigger operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See StartTrigger for more information on using the StartTrigger
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the StartTriggerRequest method.
// req, resp := client.StartTriggerRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartTrigger
func (c *Glue) StartTriggerRequest(input *StartTriggerInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartTriggerOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opStartTrigger,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &StartTriggerInput{}
}
output = &StartTriggerOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// StartTrigger API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Starts an existing trigger. See Triggering Jobs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/trigger-job.html)
// for information about how different types of trigger are started.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation StartTrigger for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNumberLimitExceededException "ResourceNumberLimitExceededException"
// A resource numerical limit was exceeded.
//
// * ErrCodeConcurrentRunsExceededException "ConcurrentRunsExceededException"
// Too many jobs are being run concurrently.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartTrigger
func (c *Glue) StartTrigger(input *StartTriggerInput) (*StartTriggerOutput, error) {
req, out := c.StartTriggerRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// StartTriggerWithContext is the same as StartTrigger with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See StartTrigger for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) StartTriggerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartTriggerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartTriggerOutput, error) {
req, out := c.StartTriggerRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opStopCrawler = "StopCrawler"
// StopCrawlerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the StopCrawler operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See StopCrawler for more information on using the StopCrawler
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the StopCrawlerRequest method.
// req, resp := client.StopCrawlerRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StopCrawler
func (c *Glue) StopCrawlerRequest(input *StopCrawlerInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopCrawlerOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opStopCrawler,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &StopCrawlerInput{}
}
output = &StopCrawlerOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// StopCrawler API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// If the specified crawler is running, stops the crawl.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation StopCrawler for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeCrawlerNotRunningException "CrawlerNotRunningException"
// The specified crawler is not running.
//
// * ErrCodeCrawlerStoppingException "CrawlerStoppingException"
// The specified crawler is stopping.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StopCrawler
func (c *Glue) StopCrawler(input *StopCrawlerInput) (*StopCrawlerOutput, error) {
req, out := c.StopCrawlerRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// StopCrawlerWithContext is the same as StopCrawler with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See StopCrawler for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) StopCrawlerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopCrawlerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopCrawlerOutput, error) {
req, out := c.StopCrawlerRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opStopCrawlerSchedule = "StopCrawlerSchedule"
// StopCrawlerScheduleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the StopCrawlerSchedule operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See StopCrawlerSchedule for more information on using the StopCrawlerSchedule
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the StopCrawlerScheduleRequest method.
// req, resp := client.StopCrawlerScheduleRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StopCrawlerSchedule
func (c *Glue) StopCrawlerScheduleRequest(input *StopCrawlerScheduleInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopCrawlerScheduleOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opStopCrawlerSchedule,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &StopCrawlerScheduleInput{}
}
output = &StopCrawlerScheduleOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// StopCrawlerSchedule API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Sets the schedule state of the specified crawler to NOT_SCHEDULED, but does
// not stop the crawler if it is already running.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation StopCrawlerSchedule for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeSchedulerNotRunningException "SchedulerNotRunningException"
// The specified scheduler is not running.
//
// * ErrCodeSchedulerTransitioningException "SchedulerTransitioningException"
// The specified scheduler is transitioning.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StopCrawlerSchedule
func (c *Glue) StopCrawlerSchedule(input *StopCrawlerScheduleInput) (*StopCrawlerScheduleOutput, error) {
req, out := c.StopCrawlerScheduleRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// StopCrawlerScheduleWithContext is the same as StopCrawlerSchedule with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See StopCrawlerSchedule for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) StopCrawlerScheduleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopCrawlerScheduleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopCrawlerScheduleOutput, error) {
req, out := c.StopCrawlerScheduleRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opStopTrigger = "StopTrigger"
// StopTriggerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the StopTrigger operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See StopTrigger for more information on using the StopTrigger
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the StopTriggerRequest method.
// req, resp := client.StopTriggerRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StopTrigger
func (c *Glue) StopTriggerRequest(input *StopTriggerInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopTriggerOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opStopTrigger,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &StopTriggerInput{}
}
output = &StopTriggerOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// StopTrigger API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Stops a specified trigger.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation StopTrigger for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// * ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException "ConcurrentModificationException"
// Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StopTrigger
func (c *Glue) StopTrigger(input *StopTriggerInput) (*StopTriggerOutput, error) {
req, out := c.StopTriggerRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// StopTriggerWithContext is the same as StopTrigger with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See StopTrigger for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) StopTriggerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopTriggerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopTriggerOutput, error) {
req, out := c.StopTriggerRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opUpdateClassifier = "UpdateClassifier"
// UpdateClassifierRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the UpdateClassifier operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See UpdateClassifier for more information on using the UpdateClassifier
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the UpdateClassifierRequest method.
// req, resp := client.UpdateClassifierRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateClassifier
func (c *Glue) UpdateClassifierRequest(input *UpdateClassifierInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateClassifierOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opUpdateClassifier,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &UpdateClassifierInput{}
}
output = &UpdateClassifierOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// UpdateClassifier API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Modifies an existing classifier (a GrokClassifier, XMLClassifier, or JsonClassifier,
// depending on which field is present).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation UpdateClassifier for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeVersionMismatchException "VersionMismatchException"
// There was a version conflict.
//
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateClassifier
func (c *Glue) UpdateClassifier(input *UpdateClassifierInput) (*UpdateClassifierOutput, error) {
req, out := c.UpdateClassifierRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// UpdateClassifierWithContext is the same as UpdateClassifier with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See UpdateClassifier for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) UpdateClassifierWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateClassifierInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateClassifierOutput, error) {
req, out := c.UpdateClassifierRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opUpdateConnection = "UpdateConnection"
// UpdateConnectionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the UpdateConnection operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See UpdateConnection for more information on using the UpdateConnection
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the UpdateConnectionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.UpdateConnectionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateConnection
func (c *Glue) UpdateConnectionRequest(input *UpdateConnectionInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateConnectionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opUpdateConnection,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &UpdateConnectionInput{}
}
output = &UpdateConnectionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// UpdateConnection API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Updates a connection definition in the Data Catalog.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation UpdateConnection for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateConnection
func (c *Glue) UpdateConnection(input *UpdateConnectionInput) (*UpdateConnectionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.UpdateConnectionRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// UpdateConnectionWithContext is the same as UpdateConnection with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See UpdateConnection for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) UpdateConnectionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateConnectionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateConnectionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.UpdateConnectionRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opUpdateCrawler = "UpdateCrawler"
// UpdateCrawlerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the UpdateCrawler operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See UpdateCrawler for more information on using the UpdateCrawler
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the UpdateCrawlerRequest method.
// req, resp := client.UpdateCrawlerRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateCrawler
func (c *Glue) UpdateCrawlerRequest(input *UpdateCrawlerInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateCrawlerOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opUpdateCrawler,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &UpdateCrawlerInput{}
}
output = &UpdateCrawlerOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// UpdateCrawler API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Updates a crawler. If a crawler is running, you must stop it using StopCrawler
// before updating it.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation UpdateCrawler for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeVersionMismatchException "VersionMismatchException"
// There was a version conflict.
//
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeCrawlerRunningException "CrawlerRunningException"
// The operation cannot be performed because the crawler is already running.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateCrawler
func (c *Glue) UpdateCrawler(input *UpdateCrawlerInput) (*UpdateCrawlerOutput, error) {
req, out := c.UpdateCrawlerRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// UpdateCrawlerWithContext is the same as UpdateCrawler with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See UpdateCrawler for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) UpdateCrawlerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateCrawlerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateCrawlerOutput, error) {
req, out := c.UpdateCrawlerRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opUpdateCrawlerSchedule = "UpdateCrawlerSchedule"
// UpdateCrawlerScheduleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the UpdateCrawlerSchedule operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See UpdateCrawlerSchedule for more information on using the UpdateCrawlerSchedule
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the UpdateCrawlerScheduleRequest method.
// req, resp := client.UpdateCrawlerScheduleRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateCrawlerSchedule
func (c *Glue) UpdateCrawlerScheduleRequest(input *UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateCrawlerScheduleOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opUpdateCrawlerSchedule,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput{}
}
output = &UpdateCrawlerScheduleOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// UpdateCrawlerSchedule API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Updates the schedule of a crawler using a cron expression.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation UpdateCrawlerSchedule for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeVersionMismatchException "VersionMismatchException"
// There was a version conflict.
//
// * ErrCodeSchedulerTransitioningException "SchedulerTransitioningException"
// The specified scheduler is transitioning.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateCrawlerSchedule
func (c *Glue) UpdateCrawlerSchedule(input *UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput) (*UpdateCrawlerScheduleOutput, error) {
req, out := c.UpdateCrawlerScheduleRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// UpdateCrawlerScheduleWithContext is the same as UpdateCrawlerSchedule with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See UpdateCrawlerSchedule for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) UpdateCrawlerScheduleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateCrawlerScheduleOutput, error) {
req, out := c.UpdateCrawlerScheduleRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opUpdateDatabase = "UpdateDatabase"
// UpdateDatabaseRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the UpdateDatabase operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See UpdateDatabase for more information on using the UpdateDatabase
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the UpdateDatabaseRequest method.
// req, resp := client.UpdateDatabaseRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateDatabase
func (c *Glue) UpdateDatabaseRequest(input *UpdateDatabaseInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateDatabaseOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opUpdateDatabase,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &UpdateDatabaseInput{}
}
output = &UpdateDatabaseOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// UpdateDatabase API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Updates an existing database definition in a Data Catalog.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation UpdateDatabase for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateDatabase
func (c *Glue) UpdateDatabase(input *UpdateDatabaseInput) (*UpdateDatabaseOutput, error) {
req, out := c.UpdateDatabaseRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// UpdateDatabaseWithContext is the same as UpdateDatabase with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See UpdateDatabase for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) UpdateDatabaseWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateDatabaseInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateDatabaseOutput, error) {
req, out := c.UpdateDatabaseRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opUpdateDevEndpoint = "UpdateDevEndpoint"
// UpdateDevEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the UpdateDevEndpoint operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See UpdateDevEndpoint for more information on using the UpdateDevEndpoint
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the UpdateDevEndpointRequest method.
// req, resp := client.UpdateDevEndpointRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateDevEndpoint
func (c *Glue) UpdateDevEndpointRequest(input *UpdateDevEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateDevEndpointOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opUpdateDevEndpoint,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &UpdateDevEndpointInput{}
}
output = &UpdateDevEndpointOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// UpdateDevEndpoint API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Updates a specified DevEndpoint.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation UpdateDevEndpoint for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeValidationException "ValidationException"
// A value could not be validated.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateDevEndpoint
func (c *Glue) UpdateDevEndpoint(input *UpdateDevEndpointInput) (*UpdateDevEndpointOutput, error) {
req, out := c.UpdateDevEndpointRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// UpdateDevEndpointWithContext is the same as UpdateDevEndpoint with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See UpdateDevEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) UpdateDevEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateDevEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateDevEndpointOutput, error) {
req, out := c.UpdateDevEndpointRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opUpdateJob = "UpdateJob"
// UpdateJobRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the UpdateJob operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See UpdateJob for more information on using the UpdateJob
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the UpdateJobRequest method.
// req, resp := client.UpdateJobRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateJob
func (c *Glue) UpdateJobRequest(input *UpdateJobInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateJobOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opUpdateJob,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &UpdateJobInput{}
}
output = &UpdateJobOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// UpdateJob API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Updates an existing job definition.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation UpdateJob for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// * ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException "ConcurrentModificationException"
// Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateJob
func (c *Glue) UpdateJob(input *UpdateJobInput) (*UpdateJobOutput, error) {
req, out := c.UpdateJobRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// UpdateJobWithContext is the same as UpdateJob with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See UpdateJob for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) UpdateJobWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateJobInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateJobOutput, error) {
req, out := c.UpdateJobRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opUpdatePartition = "UpdatePartition"
// UpdatePartitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the UpdatePartition operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See UpdatePartition for more information on using the UpdatePartition
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the UpdatePartitionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.UpdatePartitionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdatePartition
func (c *Glue) UpdatePartitionRequest(input *UpdatePartitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdatePartitionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opUpdatePartition,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &UpdatePartitionInput{}
}
output = &UpdatePartitionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// UpdatePartition API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Updates a partition.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation UpdatePartition for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdatePartition
func (c *Glue) UpdatePartition(input *UpdatePartitionInput) (*UpdatePartitionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.UpdatePartitionRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// UpdatePartitionWithContext is the same as UpdatePartition with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See UpdatePartition for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) UpdatePartitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdatePartitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdatePartitionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.UpdatePartitionRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opUpdateTable = "UpdateTable"
// UpdateTableRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the UpdateTable operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See UpdateTable for more information on using the UpdateTable
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the UpdateTableRequest method.
// req, resp := client.UpdateTableRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateTable
func (c *Glue) UpdateTableRequest(input *UpdateTableInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateTableOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opUpdateTable,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &UpdateTableInput{}
}
output = &UpdateTableOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// UpdateTable API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Updates a metadata table in the Data Catalog.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation UpdateTable for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// * ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException "ConcurrentModificationException"
// Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNumberLimitExceededException "ResourceNumberLimitExceededException"
// A resource numerical limit was exceeded.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateTable
func (c *Glue) UpdateTable(input *UpdateTableInput) (*UpdateTableOutput, error) {
req, out := c.UpdateTableRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// UpdateTableWithContext is the same as UpdateTable with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See UpdateTable for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) UpdateTableWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateTableInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateTableOutput, error) {
req, out := c.UpdateTableRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opUpdateTrigger = "UpdateTrigger"
// UpdateTriggerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the UpdateTrigger operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See UpdateTrigger for more information on using the UpdateTrigger
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the UpdateTriggerRequest method.
// req, resp := client.UpdateTriggerRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateTrigger
func (c *Glue) UpdateTriggerRequest(input *UpdateTriggerInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateTriggerOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opUpdateTrigger,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &UpdateTriggerInput{}
}
output = &UpdateTriggerOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// UpdateTrigger API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Updates a trigger definition.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation UpdateTrigger for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// * ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException "ConcurrentModificationException"
// Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateTrigger
func (c *Glue) UpdateTrigger(input *UpdateTriggerInput) (*UpdateTriggerOutput, error) {
req, out := c.UpdateTriggerRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// UpdateTriggerWithContext is the same as UpdateTrigger with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See UpdateTrigger for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) UpdateTriggerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateTriggerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateTriggerOutput, error) {
req, out := c.UpdateTriggerRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opUpdateUserDefinedFunction = "UpdateUserDefinedFunction"
// UpdateUserDefinedFunctionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the UpdateUserDefinedFunction operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See UpdateUserDefinedFunction for more information on using the UpdateUserDefinedFunction
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the UpdateUserDefinedFunctionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.UpdateUserDefinedFunctionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateUserDefinedFunction
func (c *Glue) UpdateUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opUpdateUserDefinedFunction,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput{}
}
output = &UpdateUserDefinedFunctionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// UpdateUserDefinedFunction API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Updates an existing function definition in the Data Catalog.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation UpdateUserDefinedFunction for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException"
// A specified entity does not exist
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input provided was not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
// An internal service error occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException"
// The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateUserDefinedFunction
func (c *Glue) UpdateUserDefinedFunction(input *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) (*UpdateUserDefinedFunctionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.UpdateUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// UpdateUserDefinedFunctionWithContext is the same as UpdateUserDefinedFunction with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See UpdateUserDefinedFunction for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) UpdateUserDefinedFunctionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateUserDefinedFunctionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.UpdateUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// Defines an action to be initiated by a trigger.
type Action struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Arguments to be passed to the job.
//
// You can specify arguments here that your own job-execution script consumes,
// as well as arguments that AWS Glue itself consumes.
//
// For information about how to specify and consume your own Job arguments,
// see the Calling AWS Glue APIs in Python (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-python-calling.html)
// topic in the developer guide.
//
// For information about the key-value pairs that AWS Glue consumes to set up
// your job, see the Special Parameters Used by AWS Glue (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-etl-glue-arguments.html)
// topic in the developer guide.
Arguments map[string]*string `type:"map"`
// The name of a job to be executed.
JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// Specifies configuration properties of a job run notification.
NotificationProperty *NotificationProperty `type:"structure"`
// The job run timeout in minutes. It overrides the timeout value of the job.
Timeout *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Action) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Action) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Action) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Action"}
if s.JobName != nil && len(*s.JobName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("JobName", 1))
}
if s.Timeout != nil && *s.Timeout < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Timeout", 1))
}
if s.NotificationProperty != nil {
if err := s.NotificationProperty.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("NotificationProperty", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetArguments sets the Arguments field's value.
func (s *Action) SetArguments(v map[string]*string) *Action {
s.Arguments = v
return s
}
// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.
func (s *Action) SetJobName(v string) *Action {
s.JobName = &v
return s
}
// SetNotificationProperty sets the NotificationProperty field's value.
func (s *Action) SetNotificationProperty(v *NotificationProperty) *Action {
s.NotificationProperty = v
return s
}
// SetTimeout sets the Timeout field's value.
func (s *Action) SetTimeout(v int64) *Action {
s.Timeout = &v
return s
}
type BatchCreatePartitionInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the catalog in which the partion is to be created. Currently, this
// should be the AWS account ID.
CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The name of the metadata database in which the partition is to be created.
//
// DatabaseName is a required field
DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// A list of PartitionInput structures that define the partitions to be created.
//
// PartitionInputList is a required field
PartitionInputList []*PartitionInput `type:"list" required:"true"`
// The name of the metadata table in which the partition is to be created.
//
// TableName is a required field
TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchCreatePartitionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchCreatePartitionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *BatchCreatePartitionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchCreatePartitionInput"}
if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
}
if s.DatabaseName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
}
if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
}
if s.PartitionInputList == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartitionInputList"))
}
if s.TableName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName"))
}
if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1))
}
if s.PartitionInputList != nil {
for i, v := range s.PartitionInputList {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "PartitionInputList", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *BatchCreatePartitionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *BatchCreatePartitionInput {
s.CatalogId = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *BatchCreatePartitionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *BatchCreatePartitionInput {
s.DatabaseName = &v
return s
}
// SetPartitionInputList sets the PartitionInputList field's value.
func (s *BatchCreatePartitionInput) SetPartitionInputList(v []*PartitionInput) *BatchCreatePartitionInput {
s.PartitionInputList = v
return s
}
// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *BatchCreatePartitionInput) SetTableName(v string) *BatchCreatePartitionInput {
s.TableName = &v
return s
}
type BatchCreatePartitionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Errors encountered when trying to create the requested partitions.
Errors []*PartitionError `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchCreatePartitionOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchCreatePartitionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.
func (s *BatchCreatePartitionOutput) SetErrors(v []*PartitionError) *BatchCreatePartitionOutput {
s.Errors = v
return s
}
type BatchDeleteConnectionInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the connections reside. If none is supplied,
// the AWS account ID is used by default.
CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// A list of names of the connections to delete.
//
// ConnectionNameList is a required field
ConnectionNameList []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchDeleteConnectionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchDeleteConnectionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *BatchDeleteConnectionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchDeleteConnectionInput"}
if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
}
if s.ConnectionNameList == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ConnectionNameList"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *BatchDeleteConnectionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *BatchDeleteConnectionInput {
s.CatalogId = &v
return s
}
// SetConnectionNameList sets the ConnectionNameList field's value.
func (s *BatchDeleteConnectionInput) SetConnectionNameList(v []*string) *BatchDeleteConnectionInput {
s.ConnectionNameList = v
return s
}
type BatchDeleteConnectionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A map of the names of connections that were not successfully deleted to error
// details.
Errors map[string]*ErrorDetail `type:"map"`
// A list of names of the connection definitions that were successfully deleted.
Succeeded []*string `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchDeleteConnectionOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchDeleteConnectionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.
func (s *BatchDeleteConnectionOutput) SetErrors(v map[string]*ErrorDetail) *BatchDeleteConnectionOutput {
s.Errors = v
return s
}
// SetSucceeded sets the Succeeded field's value.
func (s *BatchDeleteConnectionOutput) SetSucceeded(v []*string) *BatchDeleteConnectionOutput {
s.Succeeded = v
return s
}
type BatchDeletePartitionInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partition to be deleted resides. If
// none is supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default.
CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The name of the catalog database in which the table in question resides.
//
// DatabaseName is a required field
DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// A list of PartitionInput structures that define the partitions to be deleted.
//
// PartitionsToDelete is a required field
PartitionsToDelete []*PartitionValueList `type:"list" required:"true"`
// The name of the table where the partitions to be deleted is located.
//
// TableName is a required field
TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchDeletePartitionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchDeletePartitionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *BatchDeletePartitionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchDeletePartitionInput"}
if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
}
if s.DatabaseName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
}
if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
}
if s.PartitionsToDelete == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartitionsToDelete"))
}
if s.TableName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName"))
}
if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1))
}
if s.PartitionsToDelete != nil {
for i, v := range s.PartitionsToDelete {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "PartitionsToDelete", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *BatchDeletePartitionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *BatchDeletePartitionInput {
s.CatalogId = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *BatchDeletePartitionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *BatchDeletePartitionInput {
s.DatabaseName = &v
return s
}
// SetPartitionsToDelete sets the PartitionsToDelete field's value.
func (s *BatchDeletePartitionInput) SetPartitionsToDelete(v []*PartitionValueList) *BatchDeletePartitionInput {
s.PartitionsToDelete = v
return s
}
// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *BatchDeletePartitionInput) SetTableName(v string) *BatchDeletePartitionInput {
s.TableName = &v
return s
}
type BatchDeletePartitionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Errors encountered when trying to delete the requested partitions.
Errors []*PartitionError `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchDeletePartitionOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchDeletePartitionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.
func (s *BatchDeletePartitionOutput) SetErrors(v []*PartitionError) *BatchDeletePartitionOutput {
s.Errors = v
return s
}
type BatchDeleteTableInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the Data Catalog where the table resides. If none is supplied,
// the AWS account ID is used by default.
CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The name of the catalog database where the tables to delete reside. For Hive
// compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.
//
// DatabaseName is a required field
DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// A list of the table to delete.
//
// TablesToDelete is a required field
TablesToDelete []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchDeleteTableInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchDeleteTableInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *BatchDeleteTableInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchDeleteTableInput"}
if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
}
if s.DatabaseName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
}
if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
}
if s.TablesToDelete == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TablesToDelete"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *BatchDeleteTableInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *BatchDeleteTableInput {
s.CatalogId = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *BatchDeleteTableInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *BatchDeleteTableInput {
s.DatabaseName = &v
return s
}
// SetTablesToDelete sets the TablesToDelete field's value.
func (s *BatchDeleteTableInput) SetTablesToDelete(v []*string) *BatchDeleteTableInput {
s.TablesToDelete = v
return s
}
type BatchDeleteTableOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of errors encountered in attempting to delete the specified tables.
Errors []*TableError `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchDeleteTableOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchDeleteTableOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.
func (s *BatchDeleteTableOutput) SetErrors(v []*TableError) *BatchDeleteTableOutput {
s.Errors = v
return s
}
type BatchDeleteTableVersionInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the Data Catalog where the tables reside. If none is supplied,
// the AWS account ID is used by default.
CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The database in the catalog in which the table resides. For Hive compatibility,
// this name is entirely lowercase.
//
// DatabaseName is a required field
DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The name of the table. For Hive compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.
//
// TableName is a required field
TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// A list of the IDs of versions to be deleted.
//
// VersionIds is a required field
VersionIds []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchDeleteTableVersionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchDeleteTableVersionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *BatchDeleteTableVersionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchDeleteTableVersionInput"}
if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
}
if s.DatabaseName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
}
if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
}
if s.TableName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName"))
}
if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1))
}
if s.VersionIds == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VersionIds"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *BatchDeleteTableVersionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *BatchDeleteTableVersionInput {
s.CatalogId = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *BatchDeleteTableVersionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *BatchDeleteTableVersionInput {
s.DatabaseName = &v
return s
}
// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *BatchDeleteTableVersionInput) SetTableName(v string) *BatchDeleteTableVersionInput {
s.TableName = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionIds sets the VersionIds field's value.
func (s *BatchDeleteTableVersionInput) SetVersionIds(v []*string) *BatchDeleteTableVersionInput {
s.VersionIds = v
return s
}
type BatchDeleteTableVersionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of errors encountered while trying to delete the specified table versions.
Errors []*TableVersionError `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchDeleteTableVersionOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchDeleteTableVersionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.
func (s *BatchDeleteTableVersionOutput) SetErrors(v []*TableVersionError) *BatchDeleteTableVersionOutput {
s.Errors = v
return s
}
type BatchGetPartitionInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partitions in question reside. If none
// is supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default.
CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The name of the catalog database where the partitions reside.
//
// DatabaseName is a required field
DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// A list of partition values identifying the partitions to retrieve.
//
// PartitionsToGet is a required field
PartitionsToGet []*PartitionValueList `type:"list" required:"true"`
// The name of the partitions' table.
//
// TableName is a required field
TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchGetPartitionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchGetPartitionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *BatchGetPartitionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchGetPartitionInput"}
if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
}
if s.DatabaseName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
}
if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
}
if s.PartitionsToGet == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartitionsToGet"))
}
if s.TableName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName"))
}
if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1))
}
if s.PartitionsToGet != nil {
for i, v := range s.PartitionsToGet {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "PartitionsToGet", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *BatchGetPartitionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *BatchGetPartitionInput {
s.CatalogId = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *BatchGetPartitionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *BatchGetPartitionInput {
s.DatabaseName = &v
return s
}
// SetPartitionsToGet sets the PartitionsToGet field's value.
func (s *BatchGetPartitionInput) SetPartitionsToGet(v []*PartitionValueList) *BatchGetPartitionInput {
s.PartitionsToGet = v
return s
}
// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *BatchGetPartitionInput) SetTableName(v string) *BatchGetPartitionInput {
s.TableName = &v
return s
}
type BatchGetPartitionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of the requested partitions.
Partitions []*Partition `type:"list"`
// A list of the partition values in the request for which partions were not
// returned.
UnprocessedKeys []*PartitionValueList `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchGetPartitionOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchGetPartitionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetPartitions sets the Partitions field's value.
func (s *BatchGetPartitionOutput) SetPartitions(v []*Partition) *BatchGetPartitionOutput {
s.Partitions = v
return s
}
// SetUnprocessedKeys sets the UnprocessedKeys field's value.
func (s *BatchGetPartitionOutput) SetUnprocessedKeys(v []*PartitionValueList) *BatchGetPartitionOutput {
s.UnprocessedKeys = v
return s
}
// Records an error that occurred when attempting to stop a specified job run.
type BatchStopJobRunError struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies details about the error that was encountered.
ErrorDetail *ErrorDetail `type:"structure"`
// The name of the job definition used in the job run in question.
JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The JobRunId of the job run in question.
JobRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchStopJobRunError) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchStopJobRunError) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetErrorDetail sets the ErrorDetail field's value.
func (s *BatchStopJobRunError) SetErrorDetail(v *ErrorDetail) *BatchStopJobRunError {
s.ErrorDetail = v
return s
}
// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.
func (s *BatchStopJobRunError) SetJobName(v string) *BatchStopJobRunError {
s.JobName = &v
return s
}
// SetJobRunId sets the JobRunId field's value.
func (s *BatchStopJobRunError) SetJobRunId(v string) *BatchStopJobRunError {
s.JobRunId = &v
return s
}
type BatchStopJobRunInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the job definition for which to stop job runs.
//
// JobName is a required field
JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// A list of the JobRunIds that should be stopped for that job definition.
//
// JobRunIds is a required field
JobRunIds []*string `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchStopJobRunInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchStopJobRunInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *BatchStopJobRunInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchStopJobRunInput"}
if s.JobName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("JobName"))
}
if s.JobName != nil && len(*s.JobName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("JobName", 1))
}
if s.JobRunIds == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("JobRunIds"))
}
if s.JobRunIds != nil && len(s.JobRunIds) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("JobRunIds", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.
func (s *BatchStopJobRunInput) SetJobName(v string) *BatchStopJobRunInput {
s.JobName = &v
return s
}
// SetJobRunIds sets the JobRunIds field's value.
func (s *BatchStopJobRunInput) SetJobRunIds(v []*string) *BatchStopJobRunInput {
s.JobRunIds = v
return s
}
type BatchStopJobRunOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of the errors that were encountered in tryng to stop JobRuns, including
// the JobRunId for which each error was encountered and details about the error.
Errors []*BatchStopJobRunError `type:"list"`
// A list of the JobRuns that were successfully submitted for stopping.
SuccessfulSubmissions []*BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchStopJobRunOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchStopJobRunOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.
func (s *BatchStopJobRunOutput) SetErrors(v []*BatchStopJobRunError) *BatchStopJobRunOutput {
s.Errors = v
return s
}
// SetSuccessfulSubmissions sets the SuccessfulSubmissions field's value.
func (s *BatchStopJobRunOutput) SetSuccessfulSubmissions(v []*BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission) *BatchStopJobRunOutput {
s.SuccessfulSubmissions = v
return s
}
// Records a successful request to stop a specified JobRun.
type BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the job definition used in the job run that was stopped.
JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The JobRunId of the job run that was stopped.
JobRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.
func (s *BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission) SetJobName(v string) *BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission {
s.JobName = &v
return s
}
// SetJobRunId sets the JobRunId field's value.
func (s *BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission) SetJobRunId(v string) *BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission {
s.JobRunId = &v
return s
}
// Specifies a table definition in the Data Catalog.
type CatalogEntry struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The database in which the table metadata resides.
//
// DatabaseName is a required field
DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The name of the table in question.
//
// TableName is a required field
TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CatalogEntry) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CatalogEntry) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CatalogEntry) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CatalogEntry"}
if s.DatabaseName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
}
if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
}
if s.TableName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName"))
}
if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *CatalogEntry) SetDatabaseName(v string) *CatalogEntry {
s.DatabaseName = &v
return s
}
// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *CatalogEntry) SetTableName(v string) *CatalogEntry {
s.TableName = &v
return s
}
// A structure containing migration status information.
type CatalogImportStatus struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// True if the migration has completed, or False otherwise.
ImportCompleted *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The time that the migration was started.
ImportTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The name of the person who initiated the migration.
ImportedBy *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CatalogImportStatus) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CatalogImportStatus) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetImportCompleted sets the ImportCompleted field's value.
func (s *CatalogImportStatus) SetImportCompleted(v bool) *CatalogImportStatus {
s.ImportCompleted = &v
return s
}
// SetImportTime sets the ImportTime field's value.
func (s *CatalogImportStatus) SetImportTime(v time.Time) *CatalogImportStatus {
s.ImportTime = &v
return s
}
// SetImportedBy sets the ImportedBy field's value.
func (s *CatalogImportStatus) SetImportedBy(v string) *CatalogImportStatus {
s.ImportedBy = &v
return s
}
// Classifiers are triggered during a crawl task. A classifier checks whether
// a given file is in a format it can handle, and if it is, the classifier creates
// a schema in the form of a StructType object that matches that data format.
//
// You can use the standard classifiers that AWS Glue supplies, or you can write
// your own classifiers to best categorize your data sources and specify the
// appropriate schemas to use for them. A classifier can be a grok classifier,
// an XML classifier, or a JSON classifier, as specified in one of the fields
// in the Classifier object.
type Classifier struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A GrokClassifier object.
GrokClassifier *GrokClassifier `type:"structure"`
// A JsonClassifier object.
JsonClassifier *JsonClassifier `type:"structure"`
// An XMLClassifier object.
XMLClassifier *XMLClassifier `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Classifier) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Classifier) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetGrokClassifier sets the GrokClassifier field's value.
func (s *Classifier) SetGrokClassifier(v *GrokClassifier) *Classifier {
s.GrokClassifier = v
return s
}
// SetJsonClassifier sets the JsonClassifier field's value.
func (s *Classifier) SetJsonClassifier(v *JsonClassifier) *Classifier {
s.JsonClassifier = v
return s
}
// SetXMLClassifier sets the XMLClassifier field's value.
func (s *Classifier) SetXMLClassifier(v *XMLClassifier) *Classifier {
s.XMLClassifier = v
return s
}
// Represents a directional edge in a directed acyclic graph (DAG).
type CodeGenEdge struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the node at which the edge starts.
//
// Source is a required field
Source *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The ID of the node at which the edge ends.
//
// Target is a required field
Target *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The target of the edge.
TargetParameter *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CodeGenEdge) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CodeGenEdge) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CodeGenEdge) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CodeGenEdge"}
if s.Source == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Source"))
}
if s.Source != nil && len(*s.Source) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Source", 1))
}
if s.Target == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Target"))
}
if s.Target != nil && len(*s.Target) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Target", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetSource sets the Source field's value.
func (s *CodeGenEdge) SetSource(v string) *CodeGenEdge {
s.Source = &v
return s
}
// SetTarget sets the Target field's value.
func (s *CodeGenEdge) SetTarget(v string) *CodeGenEdge {
s.Target = &v
return s
}
// SetTargetParameter sets the TargetParameter field's value.
func (s *CodeGenEdge) SetTargetParameter(v string) *CodeGenEdge {
s.TargetParameter = &v
return s
}
// Represents a node in a directed acyclic graph (DAG)
type CodeGenNode struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Properties of the node, in the form of name-value pairs.
//
// Args is a required field
Args []*CodeGenNodeArg `type:"list" required:"true"`
// A node identifier that is unique within the node's graph.
//
// Id is a required field
Id *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The line number of the node.
LineNumber *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The type of node this is.
//
// NodeType is a required field
NodeType *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CodeGenNode) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CodeGenNode) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CodeGenNode) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CodeGenNode"}
if s.Args == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Args"))
}
if s.Id == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
}
if s.Id != nil && len(*s.Id) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Id", 1))
}
if s.NodeType == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NodeType"))
}
if s.Args != nil {
for i, v := range s.Args {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Args", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetArgs sets the Args field's value.
func (s *CodeGenNode) SetArgs(v []*CodeGenNodeArg) *CodeGenNode {
s.Args = v
return s
}
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *CodeGenNode) SetId(v string) *CodeGenNode {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
// SetLineNumber sets the LineNumber field's value.
func (s *CodeGenNode) SetLineNumber(v int64) *CodeGenNode {
s.LineNumber = &v
return s
}
// SetNodeType sets the NodeType field's value.
func (s *CodeGenNode) SetNodeType(v string) *CodeGenNode {
s.NodeType = &v
return s
}
// An argument or property of a node.
type CodeGenNodeArg struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the argument or property.
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// True if the value is used as a parameter.
Param *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The value of the argument or property.
//
// Value is a required field
Value *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CodeGenNodeArg) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CodeGenNodeArg) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CodeGenNodeArg) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CodeGenNodeArg"}
if s.Name == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
}
if s.Value == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Value"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *CodeGenNodeArg) SetName(v string) *CodeGenNodeArg {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetParam sets the Param field's value.
func (s *CodeGenNodeArg) SetParam(v bool) *CodeGenNodeArg {
s.Param = &v
return s
}
// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
func (s *CodeGenNodeArg) SetValue(v string) *CodeGenNodeArg {
s.Value = &v
return s
}
// A column in a Table.
type Column struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Free-form text comment.
Comment *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the Column.
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The datatype of data in the Column.
Type *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Column) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Column) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Column) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Column"}
if s.Name == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
}
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetComment sets the Comment field's value.
func (s *Column) SetComment(v string) *Column {
s.Comment = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *Column) SetName(v string) *Column {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetType sets the Type field's value.
func (s *Column) SetType(v string) *Column {
s.Type = &v
return s
}
// Defines a condition under which a trigger fires.
type Condition struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the Job to whose JobRuns this condition applies and on which
// this trigger waits.
JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// A logical operator.
LogicalOperator *string `type:"string" enum:"LogicalOperator"`
// The condition state. Currently, the values supported are SUCCEEDED, STOPPED,
// TIMEOUT and FAILED.
State *string `type:"string" enum:"JobRunState"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Condition) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Condition) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Condition) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Condition"}
if s.JobName != nil && len(*s.JobName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("JobName", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.
func (s *Condition) SetJobName(v string) *Condition {
s.JobName = &v
return s
}
// SetLogicalOperator sets the LogicalOperator field's value.
func (s *Condition) SetLogicalOperator(v string) *Condition {
s.LogicalOperator = &v
return s
}
// SetState sets the State field's value.
func (s *Condition) SetState(v string) *Condition {
s.State = &v
return s
}
// Defines a connection to a data source.
type Connection struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of key-value pairs used as parameters for this connection.
ConnectionProperties map[string]*string `type:"map"`
// The type of the connection. Currently, only JDBC is supported; SFTP is not
// supported.
ConnectionType *string `type:"string" enum:"ConnectionType"`
// The time this connection definition was created.
CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// Description of the connection.
Description *string `type:"string"`
// The user, group or role that last updated this connection definition.
LastUpdatedBy *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The last time this connection definition was updated.
LastUpdatedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// A list of criteria that can be used in selecting this connection.
MatchCriteria []*string `type:"list"`
// The name of the connection definition.
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// A map of physical connection requirements, such as VPC and SecurityGroup,
// needed for making this connection successfully.
PhysicalConnectionRequirements *PhysicalConnectionRequirements `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Connection) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Connection) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetConnectionProperties sets the ConnectionProperties field's value.
func (s *Connection) SetConnectionProperties(v map[string]*string) *Connection {
s.ConnectionProperties = v
return s
}
// SetConnectionType sets the ConnectionType field's value.
func (s *Connection) SetConnectionType(v string) *Connection {
s.ConnectionType = &v
return s
}
// SetCreationTime sets the CreationTime field's value.
func (s *Connection) SetCreationTime(v time.Time) *Connection {
s.CreationTime = &v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *Connection) SetDescription(v string) *Connection {
s.Description = &v
return s
}
// SetLastUpdatedBy sets the LastUpdatedBy field's value.
func (s *Connection) SetLastUpdatedBy(v string) *Connection {
s.LastUpdatedBy = &v
return s
}
// SetLastUpdatedTime sets the LastUpdatedTime field's value.
func (s *Connection) SetLastUpdatedTime(v time.Time) *Connection {
s.LastUpdatedTime = &v
return s
}
// SetMatchCriteria sets the MatchCriteria field's value.
func (s *Connection) SetMatchCriteria(v []*string) *Connection {
s.MatchCriteria = v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *Connection) SetName(v string) *Connection {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetPhysicalConnectionRequirements sets the PhysicalConnectionRequirements field's value.
func (s *Connection) SetPhysicalConnectionRequirements(v *PhysicalConnectionRequirements) *Connection {
s.PhysicalConnectionRequirements = v
return s
}
// A structure used to specify a connection to create or update.
type ConnectionInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of key-value pairs used as parameters for this connection.
//
// ConnectionProperties is a required field
ConnectionProperties map[string]*string `type:"map" required:"true"`
// The type of the connection. Currently, only JDBC is supported; SFTP is not
// supported.
//
// ConnectionType is a required field
ConnectionType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ConnectionType"`
// Description of the connection.
Description *string `type:"string"`
// A list of criteria that can be used in selecting this connection.
MatchCriteria []*string `type:"list"`
// The name of the connection.
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// A map of physical connection requirements, such as VPC and SecurityGroup,
// needed for making this connection successfully.
PhysicalConnectionRequirements *PhysicalConnectionRequirements `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ConnectionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ConnectionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ConnectionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ConnectionInput"}
if s.ConnectionProperties == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ConnectionProperties"))
}
if s.ConnectionType == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ConnectionType"))
}
if s.Name == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
}
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
}
if s.PhysicalConnectionRequirements != nil {
if err := s.PhysicalConnectionRequirements.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("PhysicalConnectionRequirements", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetConnectionProperties sets the ConnectionProperties field's value.
func (s *ConnectionInput) SetConnectionProperties(v map[string]*string) *ConnectionInput {
s.ConnectionProperties = v
return s
}
// SetConnectionType sets the ConnectionType field's value.
func (s *ConnectionInput) SetConnectionType(v string) *ConnectionInput {
s.ConnectionType = &v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *ConnectionInput) SetDescription(v string) *ConnectionInput {
s.Description = &v
return s
}
// SetMatchCriteria sets the MatchCriteria field's value.
func (s *ConnectionInput) SetMatchCriteria(v []*string) *ConnectionInput {
s.MatchCriteria = v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *ConnectionInput) SetName(v string) *ConnectionInput {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetPhysicalConnectionRequirements sets the PhysicalConnectionRequirements field's value.
func (s *ConnectionInput) SetPhysicalConnectionRequirements(v *PhysicalConnectionRequirements) *ConnectionInput {
s.PhysicalConnectionRequirements = v
return s
}
// Specifies the connections used by a job.
type ConnectionsList struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of connections used by the job.
Connections []*string `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ConnectionsList) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ConnectionsList) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetConnections sets the Connections field's value.
func (s *ConnectionsList) SetConnections(v []*string) *ConnectionsList {
s.Connections = v
return s
}
// Specifies a crawler program that examines a data source and uses classifiers
// to try to determine its schema. If successful, the crawler records metadata
// concerning the data source in the AWS Glue Data Catalog.
type Crawler struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of custom classifiers associated with the crawler.
Classifiers []*string `type:"list"`
// Crawler configuration information. This versioned JSON string allows users
// to specify aspects of a crawler's behavior. For more information, see Configuring
// a Crawler (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/crawler-configuration.html).
Configuration *string `type:"string"`
// If the crawler is running, contains the total time elapsed since the last
// crawl began.
CrawlElapsedTime *int64 `type:"long"`
// The time when the crawler was created.
CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The database where metadata is written by this crawler.
DatabaseName *string `type:"string"`
// A description of the crawler.
Description *string `type:"string"`
// The status of the last crawl, and potentially error information if an error
// occurred.
LastCrawl *LastCrawlInfo `type:"structure"`
// The time the crawler was last updated.
LastUpdated *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The crawler name.
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The IAM role (or ARN of an IAM role) used to access customer resources, such
// as data in Amazon S3.
Role *string `type:"string"`
// For scheduled crawlers, the schedule when the crawler runs.
Schedule *Schedule `type:"structure"`
// Sets the behavior when the crawler finds a changed or deleted object.
SchemaChangePolicy *SchemaChangePolicy `type:"structure"`
// Indicates whether the crawler is running, or whether a run is pending.
State *string `type:"string" enum:"CrawlerState"`
// The prefix added to the names of tables that are created.
TablePrefix *string `type:"string"`
// A collection of targets to crawl.
Targets *CrawlerTargets `type:"structure"`
// The version of the crawler.
Version *int64 `type:"long"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Crawler) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Crawler) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetClassifiers sets the Classifiers field's value.
func (s *Crawler) SetClassifiers(v []*string) *Crawler {
s.Classifiers = v
return s
}
// SetConfiguration sets the Configuration field's value.
func (s *Crawler) SetConfiguration(v string) *Crawler {
s.Configuration = &v
return s
}
// SetCrawlElapsedTime sets the CrawlElapsedTime field's value.
func (s *Crawler) SetCrawlElapsedTime(v int64) *Crawler {
s.CrawlElapsedTime = &v
return s
}
// SetCreationTime sets the CreationTime field's value.
func (s *Crawler) SetCreationTime(v time.Time) *Crawler {
s.CreationTime = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *Crawler) SetDatabaseName(v string) *Crawler {
s.DatabaseName = &v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *Crawler) SetDescription(v string) *Crawler {
s.Description = &v
return s
}
// SetLastCrawl sets the LastCrawl field's value.
func (s *Crawler) SetLastCrawl(v *LastCrawlInfo) *Crawler {
s.LastCrawl = v
return s
}
// SetLastUpdated sets the LastUpdated field's value.
func (s *Crawler) SetLastUpdated(v time.Time) *Crawler {
s.LastUpdated = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *Crawler) SetName(v string) *Crawler {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetRole sets the Role field's value.
func (s *Crawler) SetRole(v string) *Crawler {
s.Role = &v
return s
}
// SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value.
func (s *Crawler) SetSchedule(v *Schedule) *Crawler {
s.Schedule = v
return s
}
// SetSchemaChangePolicy sets the SchemaChangePolicy field's value.
func (s *Crawler) SetSchemaChangePolicy(v *SchemaChangePolicy) *Crawler {
s.SchemaChangePolicy = v
return s
}
// SetState sets the State field's value.
func (s *Crawler) SetState(v string) *Crawler {
s.State = &v
return s
}
// SetTablePrefix sets the TablePrefix field's value.
func (s *Crawler) SetTablePrefix(v string) *Crawler {
s.TablePrefix = &v
return s
}
// SetTargets sets the Targets field's value.
func (s *Crawler) SetTargets(v *CrawlerTargets) *Crawler {
s.Targets = v
return s
}
// SetVersion sets the Version field's value.
func (s *Crawler) SetVersion(v int64) *Crawler {
s.Version = &v
return s
}
// Metrics for a specified crawler.
type CrawlerMetrics struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the crawler.
CrawlerName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The duration of the crawler's most recent run, in seconds.
LastRuntimeSeconds *float64 `type:"double"`
// The median duration of this crawler's runs, in seconds.
MedianRuntimeSeconds *float64 `type:"double"`
// True if the crawler is still estimating how long it will take to complete
// this run.
StillEstimating *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The number of tables created by this crawler.
TablesCreated *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The number of tables deleted by this crawler.
TablesDeleted *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The number of tables updated by this crawler.
TablesUpdated *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The estimated time left to complete a running crawl.
TimeLeftSeconds *float64 `type:"double"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CrawlerMetrics) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CrawlerMetrics) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCrawlerName sets the CrawlerName field's value.
func (s *CrawlerMetrics) SetCrawlerName(v string) *CrawlerMetrics {
s.CrawlerName = &v
return s
}
// SetLastRuntimeSeconds sets the LastRuntimeSeconds field's value.
func (s *CrawlerMetrics) SetLastRuntimeSeconds(v float64) *CrawlerMetrics {
s.LastRuntimeSeconds = &v
return s
}
// SetMedianRuntimeSeconds sets the MedianRuntimeSeconds field's value.
func (s *CrawlerMetrics) SetMedianRuntimeSeconds(v float64) *CrawlerMetrics {
s.MedianRuntimeSeconds = &v
return s
}
// SetStillEstimating sets the StillEstimating field's value.
func (s *CrawlerMetrics) SetStillEstimating(v bool) *CrawlerMetrics {
s.StillEstimating = &v
return s
}
// SetTablesCreated sets the TablesCreated field's value.
func (s *CrawlerMetrics) SetTablesCreated(v int64) *CrawlerMetrics {
s.TablesCreated = &v
return s
}
// SetTablesDeleted sets the TablesDeleted field's value.
func (s *CrawlerMetrics) SetTablesDeleted(v int64) *CrawlerMetrics {
s.TablesDeleted = &v
return s
}
// SetTablesUpdated sets the TablesUpdated field's value.
func (s *CrawlerMetrics) SetTablesUpdated(v int64) *CrawlerMetrics {
s.TablesUpdated = &v
return s
}
// SetTimeLeftSeconds sets the TimeLeftSeconds field's value.
func (s *CrawlerMetrics) SetTimeLeftSeconds(v float64) *CrawlerMetrics {
s.TimeLeftSeconds = &v
return s
}
// Specifies data stores to crawl.
type CrawlerTargets struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies DynamoDB targets.
DynamoDBTargets []*DynamoDBTarget `type:"list"`
// Specifies JDBC targets.
JdbcTargets []*JdbcTarget `type:"list"`
// Specifies Amazon S3 targets.
S3Targets []*S3Target `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CrawlerTargets) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CrawlerTargets) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDynamoDBTargets sets the DynamoDBTargets field's value.
func (s *CrawlerTargets) SetDynamoDBTargets(v []*DynamoDBTarget) *CrawlerTargets {
s.DynamoDBTargets = v
return s
}
// SetJdbcTargets sets the JdbcTargets field's value.
func (s *CrawlerTargets) SetJdbcTargets(v []*JdbcTarget) *CrawlerTargets {
s.JdbcTargets = v
return s
}
// SetS3Targets sets the S3Targets field's value.
func (s *CrawlerTargets) SetS3Targets(v []*S3Target) *CrawlerTargets {
s.S3Targets = v
return s
}
type CreateClassifierInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A GrokClassifier object specifying the classifier to create.
GrokClassifier *CreateGrokClassifierRequest `type:"structure"`
// A JsonClassifier object specifying the classifier to create.
JsonClassifier *CreateJsonClassifierRequest `type:"structure"`
// An XMLClassifier object specifying the classifier to create.
XMLClassifier *CreateXMLClassifierRequest `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateClassifierInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateClassifierInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateClassifierInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateClassifierInput"}
if s.GrokClassifier != nil {
if err := s.GrokClassifier.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("GrokClassifier", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.JsonClassifier != nil {
if err := s.JsonClassifier.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("JsonClassifier", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.XMLClassifier != nil {
if err := s.XMLClassifier.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("XMLClassifier", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetGrokClassifier sets the GrokClassifier field's value.
func (s *CreateClassifierInput) SetGrokClassifier(v *CreateGrokClassifierRequest) *CreateClassifierInput {
s.GrokClassifier = v
return s
}
// SetJsonClassifier sets the JsonClassifier field's value.
func (s *CreateClassifierInput) SetJsonClassifier(v *CreateJsonClassifierRequest) *CreateClassifierInput {
s.JsonClassifier = v
return s
}
// SetXMLClassifier sets the XMLClassifier field's value.
func (s *CreateClassifierInput) SetXMLClassifier(v *CreateXMLClassifierRequest) *CreateClassifierInput {
s.XMLClassifier = v
return s
}
type CreateClassifierOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateClassifierOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateClassifierOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type CreateConnectionInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the Data Catalog in which to create the connection. If none is
// supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default.
CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// A ConnectionInput object defining the connection to create.
//
// ConnectionInput is a required field
ConnectionInput *ConnectionInput `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateConnectionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateConnectionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateConnectionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateConnectionInput"}
if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
}
if s.ConnectionInput == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ConnectionInput"))
}
if s.ConnectionInput != nil {
if err := s.ConnectionInput.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("ConnectionInput", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *CreateConnectionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *CreateConnectionInput {
s.CatalogId = &v
return s
}
// SetConnectionInput sets the ConnectionInput field's value.
func (s *CreateConnectionInput) SetConnectionInput(v *ConnectionInput) *CreateConnectionInput {
s.ConnectionInput = v
return s
}
type CreateConnectionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateConnectionOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateConnectionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type CreateCrawlerInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of custom classifiers that the user has registered. By default, all
// built-in classifiers are included in a crawl, but these custom classifiers
// always override the default classifiers for a given classification.
Classifiers []*string `type:"list"`
// Crawler configuration information. This versioned JSON string allows users
// to specify aspects of a crawler's behavior. For more information, see Configuring
// a Crawler (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/crawler-configuration.html).
Configuration *string `type:"string"`
// The AWS Glue database where results are written, such as: arn:aws:daylight:us-east-1::database/sometable/*.
//
// DatabaseName is a required field
DatabaseName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// A description of the new crawler.
Description *string `type:"string"`
// Name of the new crawler.
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The IAM role (or ARN of an IAM role) used by the new crawler to access customer
// resources.
//
// Role is a required field
Role *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// A cron expression used to specify the schedule (see Time-Based Schedules
// for Jobs and Crawlers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-data-warehouse-schedule.html).
// For example, to run something every day at 12:15 UTC, you would specify:
// cron(15 12 * * ? *).
Schedule *string `type:"string"`
// Policy for the crawler's update and deletion behavior.
SchemaChangePolicy *SchemaChangePolicy `type:"structure"`
// The table prefix used for catalog tables that are created.
TablePrefix *string `type:"string"`
// A list of collection of targets to crawl.
//
// Targets is a required field
Targets *CrawlerTargets `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateCrawlerInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateCrawlerInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateCrawlerInput"}
if s.DatabaseName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
}
if s.Name == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
}
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
}
if s.Role == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Role"))
}
if s.Targets == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Targets"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetClassifiers sets the Classifiers field's value.
func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetClassifiers(v []*string) *CreateCrawlerInput {
s.Classifiers = v
return s
}
// SetConfiguration sets the Configuration field's value.
func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetConfiguration(v string) *CreateCrawlerInput {
s.Configuration = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *CreateCrawlerInput {
s.DatabaseName = &v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateCrawlerInput {
s.Description = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetName(v string) *CreateCrawlerInput {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetRole sets the Role field's value.
func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetRole(v string) *CreateCrawlerInput {
s.Role = &v
return s
}
// SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value.
func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetSchedule(v string) *CreateCrawlerInput {
s.Schedule = &v
return s
}
// SetSchemaChangePolicy sets the SchemaChangePolicy field's value.
func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetSchemaChangePolicy(v *SchemaChangePolicy) *CreateCrawlerInput {
s.SchemaChangePolicy = v
return s
}
// SetTablePrefix sets the TablePrefix field's value.
func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetTablePrefix(v string) *CreateCrawlerInput {
s.TablePrefix = &v
return s
}
// SetTargets sets the Targets field's value.
func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetTargets(v *CrawlerTargets) *CreateCrawlerInput {
s.Targets = v
return s
}
type CreateCrawlerOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateCrawlerOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateCrawlerOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type CreateDatabaseInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the Data Catalog in which to create the database. If none is supplied,
// the AWS account ID is used by default.
CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// A DatabaseInput object defining the metadata database to create in the catalog.
//
// DatabaseInput is a required field
DatabaseInput *DatabaseInput `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateDatabaseInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateDatabaseInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateDatabaseInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDatabaseInput"}
if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
}
if s.DatabaseInput == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseInput"))
}
if s.DatabaseInput != nil {
if err := s.DatabaseInput.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("DatabaseInput", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *CreateDatabaseInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *CreateDatabaseInput {
s.CatalogId = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseInput sets the DatabaseInput field's value.
func (s *CreateDatabaseInput) SetDatabaseInput(v *DatabaseInput) *CreateDatabaseInput {
s.DatabaseInput = v
return s
}
type CreateDatabaseOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateDatabaseOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateDatabaseOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type CreateDevEndpointInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name to be assigned to the new DevEndpoint.
//
// EndpointName is a required field
EndpointName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// Path to one or more Java Jars in an S3 bucket that should be loaded in your
// DevEndpoint.
ExtraJarsS3Path *string `type:"string"`
// Path(s) to one or more Python libraries in an S3 bucket that should be loaded
// in your DevEndpoint. Multiple values must be complete paths separated by
// a comma.
//
// Please note that only pure Python libraries can currently be used on a DevEndpoint.
// Libraries that rely on C extensions, such as the pandas (http://pandas.pydata.org/)
// Python data analysis library, are not yet supported.
ExtraPythonLibsS3Path *string `type:"string"`
// The number of AWS Glue Data Processing Units (DPUs) to allocate to this DevEndpoint.
NumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The public key to use for authentication.
PublicKey *string `type:"string"`
// The IAM role for the DevEndpoint.
//
// RoleArn is a required field
RoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// Security group IDs for the security groups to be used by the new DevEndpoint.
SecurityGroupIds []*string `type:"list"`
// The subnet ID for the new DevEndpoint to use.
SubnetId *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateDevEndpointInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateDevEndpointInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDevEndpointInput"}
if s.EndpointName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EndpointName"))
}
if s.RoleArn == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleArn"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetEndpointName sets the EndpointName field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetEndpointName(v string) *CreateDevEndpointInput {
s.EndpointName = &v
return s
}
// SetExtraJarsS3Path sets the ExtraJarsS3Path field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetExtraJarsS3Path(v string) *CreateDevEndpointInput {
s.ExtraJarsS3Path = &v
return s
}
// SetExtraPythonLibsS3Path sets the ExtraPythonLibsS3Path field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetExtraPythonLibsS3Path(v string) *CreateDevEndpointInput {
s.ExtraPythonLibsS3Path = &v
return s
}
// SetNumberOfNodes sets the NumberOfNodes field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetNumberOfNodes(v int64) *CreateDevEndpointInput {
s.NumberOfNodes = &v
return s
}
// SetPublicKey sets the PublicKey field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetPublicKey(v string) *CreateDevEndpointInput {
s.PublicKey = &v
return s
}
// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *CreateDevEndpointInput {
s.RoleArn = &v
return s
}
// SetSecurityGroupIds sets the SecurityGroupIds field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *CreateDevEndpointInput {
s.SecurityGroupIds = v
return s
}
// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetSubnetId(v string) *CreateDevEndpointInput {
s.SubnetId = &v
return s
}
type CreateDevEndpointOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The AWS availability zone where this DevEndpoint is located.
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
// The point in time at which this DevEndpoint was created.
CreatedTimestamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The name assigned to the new DevEndpoint.
EndpointName *string `type:"string"`
// Path to one or more Java Jars in an S3 bucket that will be loaded in your
// DevEndpoint.
ExtraJarsS3Path *string `type:"string"`
// Path(s) to one or more Python libraries in an S3 bucket that will be loaded
// in your DevEndpoint.
ExtraPythonLibsS3Path *string `type:"string"`
// The reason for a current failure in this DevEndpoint.
FailureReason *string `type:"string"`
// The number of AWS Glue Data Processing Units (DPUs) allocated to this DevEndpoint.
NumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The AWS ARN of the role assigned to the new DevEndpoint.
RoleArn *string `type:"string"`
// The security groups assigned to the new DevEndpoint.
SecurityGroupIds []*string `type:"list"`
// The current status of the new DevEndpoint.
Status *string `type:"string"`
// The subnet ID assigned to the new DevEndpoint.
SubnetId *string `type:"string"`
// The ID of the VPC used by this DevEndpoint.
VpcId *string `type:"string"`
// The address of the YARN endpoint used by this DevEndpoint.
YarnEndpointAddress *string `type:"string"`
// The Apache Zeppelin port for the remote Apache Spark interpreter.
ZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateDevEndpointOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateDevEndpointOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput {
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
return s
}
// SetCreatedTimestamp sets the CreatedTimestamp field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetCreatedTimestamp(v time.Time) *CreateDevEndpointOutput {
s.CreatedTimestamp = &v
return s
}
// SetEndpointName sets the EndpointName field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetEndpointName(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput {
s.EndpointName = &v
return s
}
// SetExtraJarsS3Path sets the ExtraJarsS3Path field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetExtraJarsS3Path(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput {
s.ExtraJarsS3Path = &v
return s
}
// SetExtraPythonLibsS3Path sets the ExtraPythonLibsS3Path field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetExtraPythonLibsS3Path(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput {
s.ExtraPythonLibsS3Path = &v
return s
}
// SetFailureReason sets the FailureReason field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetFailureReason(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput {
s.FailureReason = &v
return s
}
// SetNumberOfNodes sets the NumberOfNodes field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetNumberOfNodes(v int64) *CreateDevEndpointOutput {
s.NumberOfNodes = &v
return s
}
// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetRoleArn(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput {
s.RoleArn = &v
return s
}
// SetSecurityGroupIds sets the SecurityGroupIds field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput {
s.SecurityGroupIds = v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetStatus(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetSubnetId(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput {
s.SubnetId = &v
return s
}
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetVpcId(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput {
s.VpcId = &v
return s
}
// SetYarnEndpointAddress sets the YarnEndpointAddress field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetYarnEndpointAddress(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput {
s.YarnEndpointAddress = &v
return s
}
// SetZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort sets the ZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort(v int64) *CreateDevEndpointOutput {
s.ZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort = &v
return s
}
// Specifies a grok classifier for CreateClassifier to create.
type CreateGrokClassifierRequest struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// An identifier of the data format that the classifier matches, such as Twitter,
// JSON, Omniture logs, Amazon CloudWatch Logs, and so on.
//
// Classification is a required field
Classification *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// Optional custom grok patterns used by this classifier.
CustomPatterns *string `type:"string"`
// The grok pattern used by this classifier.
//
// GrokPattern is a required field
GrokPattern *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The name of the new classifier.
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateGrokClassifierRequest) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateGrokClassifierRequest) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateGrokClassifierRequest) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateGrokClassifierRequest"}
if s.Classification == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Classification"))
}
if s.GrokPattern == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("GrokPattern"))
}
if s.GrokPattern != nil && len(*s.GrokPattern) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GrokPattern", 1))
}
if s.Name == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
}
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetClassification sets the Classification field's value.
func (s *CreateGrokClassifierRequest) SetClassification(v string) *CreateGrokClassifierRequest {
s.Classification = &v
return s
}
// SetCustomPatterns sets the CustomPatterns field's value.
func (s *CreateGrokClassifierRequest) SetCustomPatterns(v string) *CreateGrokClassifierRequest {
s.CustomPatterns = &v
return s
}
// SetGrokPattern sets the GrokPattern field's value.
func (s *CreateGrokClassifierRequest) SetGrokPattern(v string) *CreateGrokClassifierRequest {
s.GrokPattern = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *CreateGrokClassifierRequest) SetName(v string) *CreateGrokClassifierRequest {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
type CreateJobInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) to allocate to this Job.
// From 2 to 100 DPUs can be allocated; the default is 10. A DPU is a relative
// measure of processing power that consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity
// and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see the AWS Glue pricing page
// (https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/).
AllocatedCapacity *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The JobCommand that executes this job.
//
// Command is a required field
Command *JobCommand `type:"structure" required:"true"`
// The connections used for this job.
Connections *ConnectionsList `type:"structure"`
// The default arguments for this job.
//
// You can specify arguments here that your own job-execution script consumes,
// as well as arguments that AWS Glue itself consumes.
//
// For information about how to specify and consume your own Job arguments,
// see the Calling AWS Glue APIs in Python (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-python-calling.html)
// topic in the developer guide.
//
// For information about the key-value pairs that AWS Glue consumes to set up
// your job, see the Special Parameters Used by AWS Glue (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-etl-glue-arguments.html)
// topic in the developer guide.
DefaultArguments map[string]*string `type:"map"`
// Description of the job being defined.
Description *string `type:"string"`
// An ExecutionProperty specifying the maximum number of concurrent runs allowed
// for this job.
ExecutionProperty *ExecutionProperty `type:"structure"`
// This field is reserved for future use.
LogUri *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of times to retry this job if it fails.
MaxRetries *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The name you assign to this job definition. It must be unique in your account.
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Specifies configuration properties of a job notification.
NotificationProperty *NotificationProperty `type:"structure"`
// The name or ARN of the IAM role associated with this job.
//
// Role is a required field
Role *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The job timeout in minutes. The default is 2880 minutes (48 hours).
Timeout *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateJobInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateJobInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateJobInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateJobInput"}
if s.Command == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Command"))
}
if s.Name == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
}
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
}
if s.Role == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Role"))
}
if s.Timeout != nil && *s.Timeout < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Timeout", 1))
}
if s.NotificationProperty != nil {
if err := s.NotificationProperty.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("NotificationProperty", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAllocatedCapacity sets the AllocatedCapacity field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetAllocatedCapacity(v int64) *CreateJobInput {
s.AllocatedCapacity = &v
return s
}
// SetCommand sets the Command field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetCommand(v *JobCommand) *CreateJobInput {
s.Command = v
return s
}
// SetConnections sets the Connections field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetConnections(v *ConnectionsList) *CreateJobInput {
s.Connections = v
return s
}
// SetDefaultArguments sets the DefaultArguments field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetDefaultArguments(v map[string]*string) *CreateJobInput {
s.DefaultArguments = v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateJobInput {
s.Description = &v
return s
}
// SetExecutionProperty sets the ExecutionProperty field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetExecutionProperty(v *ExecutionProperty) *CreateJobInput {
s.ExecutionProperty = v
return s
}
// SetLogUri sets the LogUri field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetLogUri(v string) *CreateJobInput {
s.LogUri = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRetries sets the MaxRetries field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetMaxRetries(v int64) *CreateJobInput {
s.MaxRetries = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetName(v string) *CreateJobInput {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetNotificationProperty sets the NotificationProperty field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetNotificationProperty(v *NotificationProperty) *CreateJobInput {
s.NotificationProperty = v
return s
}
// SetRole sets the Role field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetRole(v string) *CreateJobInput {
s.Role = &v
return s
}
// SetTimeout sets the Timeout field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetTimeout(v int64) *CreateJobInput {
s.Timeout = &v
return s
}
type CreateJobOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The unique name that was provided for this job definition.
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateJobOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateJobOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *CreateJobOutput) SetName(v string) *CreateJobOutput {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// Specifies a JSON classifier for CreateClassifier to create.
type CreateJsonClassifierRequest struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A JsonPath string defining the JSON data for the classifier to classify.
// AWS Glue supports a subset of JsonPath, as described in Writing JsonPath
// Custom Classifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/custom-classifier.html#custom-classifier-json).
//
// JsonPath is a required field
JsonPath *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The name of the classifier.
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateJsonClassifierRequest) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateJsonClassifierRequest) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateJsonClassifierRequest) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateJsonClassifierRequest"}
if s.JsonPath == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("JsonPath"))
}
if s.Name == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
}
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetJsonPath sets the JsonPath field's value.
func (s *CreateJsonClassifierRequest) SetJsonPath(v string) *CreateJsonClassifierRequest {
s.JsonPath = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *CreateJsonClassifierRequest) SetName(v string) *CreateJsonClassifierRequest {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
type CreatePartitionInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the catalog in which the partion is to be created. Currently, this
// should be the AWS account ID.
CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The name of the metadata database in which the partition is to be created.
//
// DatabaseName is a required field
DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// A PartitionInput structure defining the partition to be created.
//
// PartitionInput is a required field
PartitionInput *PartitionInput `type:"structure" required:"true"`
// The name of the metadata table in which the partition is to be created.
//
// TableName is a required field
TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CreatePartitionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreatePartitionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreatePartitionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreatePartitionInput"}
if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
}
if s.DatabaseName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
}
if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
}
if s.PartitionInput == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartitionInput"))
}
if s.TableName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName"))
}
if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1))
}
if s.PartitionInput != nil {
if err := s.PartitionInput.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("PartitionInput", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *CreatePartitionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *CreatePartitionInput {
s.CatalogId = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *CreatePartitionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *CreatePartitionInput {
s.DatabaseName = &v
return s
}
// SetPartitionInput sets the PartitionInput field's value.
func (s *CreatePartitionInput) SetPartitionInput(v *PartitionInput) *CreatePartitionInput {
s.PartitionInput = v
return s
}
// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *CreatePartitionInput) SetTableName(v string) *CreatePartitionInput {
s.TableName = &v
return s
}
type CreatePartitionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CreatePartitionOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreatePartitionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type CreateScriptInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of the edges in the DAG.
DagEdges []*CodeGenEdge `type:"list"`
// A list of the nodes in the DAG.
DagNodes []*CodeGenNode `type:"list"`
// The programming language of the resulting code from the DAG.
Language *string `type:"string" enum:"Language"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateScriptInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateScriptInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateScriptInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateScriptInput"}
if s.DagEdges != nil {
for i, v := range s.DagEdges {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "DagEdges", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if s.DagNodes != nil {
for i, v := range s.DagNodes {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "DagNodes", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDagEdges sets the DagEdges field's value.
func (s *CreateScriptInput) SetDagEdges(v []*CodeGenEdge) *CreateScriptInput {
s.DagEdges = v
return s
}
// SetDagNodes sets the DagNodes field's value.
func (s *CreateScriptInput) SetDagNodes(v []*CodeGenNode) *CreateScriptInput {
s.DagNodes = v
return s
}
// SetLanguage sets the Language field's value.
func (s *CreateScriptInput) SetLanguage(v string) *CreateScriptInput {
s.Language = &v
return s
}
type CreateScriptOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The Python script generated from the DAG.
PythonScript *string `type:"string"`
// The Scala code generated from the DAG.
ScalaCode *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateScriptOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateScriptOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetPythonScript sets the PythonScript field's value.
func (s *CreateScriptOutput) SetPythonScript(v string) *CreateScriptOutput {
s.PythonScript = &v
return s
}
// SetScalaCode sets the ScalaCode field's value.
func (s *CreateScriptOutput) SetScalaCode(v string) *CreateScriptOutput {
s.ScalaCode = &v
return s
}
type CreateTableInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the Data Catalog in which to create the Table. If none is supplied,
// the AWS account ID is used by default.
CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The catalog database in which to create the new table. For Hive compatibility,
// this name is entirely lowercase.
//
// DatabaseName is a required field
DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The TableInput object that defines the metadata table to create in the catalog.
//
// TableInput is a required field
TableInput *TableInput `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateTableInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateTableInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateTableInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateTableInput"}
if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
}
if s.DatabaseName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
}
if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
}
if s.TableInput == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableInput"))
}
if s.TableInput != nil {
if err := s.TableInput.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("TableInput", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *CreateTableInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *CreateTableInput {
s.CatalogId = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *CreateTableInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *CreateTableInput {
s.DatabaseName = &v
return s
}
// SetTableInput sets the TableInput field's value.
func (s *CreateTableInput) SetTableInput(v *TableInput) *CreateTableInput {
s.TableInput = v
return s
}
type CreateTableOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateTableOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateTableOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type CreateTriggerInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The actions initiated by this trigger when it fires.
//
// Actions is a required field
Actions []*Action `type:"list" required:"true"`
// A description of the new trigger.
Description *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the trigger.
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// A predicate to specify when the new trigger should fire.
//
// This field is required when the trigger type is CONDITIONAL.
Predicate *Predicate `type:"structure"`
// A cron expression used to specify the schedule (see Time-Based Schedules
// for Jobs and Crawlers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-data-warehouse-schedule.html).
// For example, to run something every day at 12:15 UTC, you would specify:
// cron(15 12 * * ? *).
//
// This field is required when the trigger type is SCHEDULED.
Schedule *string `type:"string"`
// Set to true to start SCHEDULED and CONDITIONAL triggers when created. True
// not supported for ON_DEMAND triggers.
StartOnCreation *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The type of the new trigger.
//
// Type is a required field
Type *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"TriggerType"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateTriggerInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateTriggerInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateTriggerInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateTriggerInput"}
if s.Actions == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Actions"))
}
if s.Name == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
}
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
}
if s.Type == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Type"))
}
if s.Actions != nil {
for i, v := range s.Actions {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Actions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if s.Predicate != nil {
if err := s.Predicate.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Predicate", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetActions sets the Actions field's value.
func (s *CreateTriggerInput) SetActions(v []*Action) *CreateTriggerInput {
s.Actions = v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *CreateTriggerInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateTriggerInput {
s.Description = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *CreateTriggerInput) SetName(v string) *CreateTriggerInput {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetPredicate sets the Predicate field's value.
func (s *CreateTriggerInput) SetPredicate(v *Predicate) *CreateTriggerInput {
s.Predicate = v
return s
}
// SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value.
func (s *CreateTriggerInput) SetSchedule(v string) *CreateTriggerInput {
s.Schedule = &v
return s
}
// SetStartOnCreation sets the StartOnCreation field's value.
func (s *CreateTriggerInput) SetStartOnCreation(v bool) *CreateTriggerInput {
s.StartOnCreation = &v
return s
}
// SetType sets the Type field's value.
func (s *CreateTriggerInput) SetType(v string) *CreateTriggerInput {
s.Type = &v
return s
}
type CreateTriggerOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the trigger.
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateTriggerOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateTriggerOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *CreateTriggerOutput) SetName(v string) *CreateTriggerOutput {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
type CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the Data Catalog in which to create the function. If none is supplied,
// the AWS account ID is used by default.
CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The name of the catalog database in which to create the function.
//
// DatabaseName is a required field
DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// A FunctionInput object that defines the function to create in the Data Catalog.
//
// FunctionInput is a required field
FunctionInput *UserDefinedFunctionInput `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput"}
if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
}
if s.DatabaseName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
}
if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
}
if s.FunctionInput == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FunctionInput"))
}
if s.FunctionInput != nil {
if err := s.FunctionInput.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("FunctionInput", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput {
s.CatalogId = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput {
s.DatabaseName = &v
return s
}
// SetFunctionInput sets the FunctionInput field's value.
func (s *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetFunctionInput(v *UserDefinedFunctionInput) *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput {
s.FunctionInput = v
return s
}
type CreateUserDefinedFunctionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateUserDefinedFunctionOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateUserDefinedFunctionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Specifies an XML classifier for CreateClassifier to create.
type CreateXMLClassifierRequest struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// An identifier of the data format that the classifier matches.
//
// Classification is a required field
Classification *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The name of the classifier.
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The XML tag designating the element that contains each record in an XML document
// being parsed. Note that this cannot identify a self-closing element (closed
// by />). An empty row element that contains only attributes can be parsed
// as long as it ends with a closing tag (for example, <row item_a="A" item_b="B"></row>
// is okay, but <row item_a="A" item_b="B" /> is not).
RowTag *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateXMLClassifierRequest) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateXMLClassifierRequest) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateXMLClassifierRequest) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateXMLClassifierRequest"}
if s.Classification == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Classification"))
}
if s.Name == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
}
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetClassification sets the Classification field's value.
func (s *CreateXMLClassifierRequest) SetClassification(v string) *CreateXMLClassifierRequest {
s.Classification = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *CreateXMLClassifierRequest) SetName(v string) *CreateXMLClassifierRequest {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetRowTag sets the RowTag field's value.
func (s *CreateXMLClassifierRequest) SetRowTag(v string) *CreateXMLClassifierRequest {
s.RowTag = &v
return s
}
// The Database object represents a logical grouping of tables that may reside
// in a Hive metastore or an RDBMS.
type Database struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The time at which the metadata database was created in the catalog.
CreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// Description of the database.
Description *string `type:"string"`
// The location of the database (for example, an HDFS path).
LocationUri *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// Name of the database. For Hive compatibility, this is folded to lowercase
// when it is stored.
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// A list of key-value pairs that define parameters and properties of the database.
Parameters map[string]*string `type:"map"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Database) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Database) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCreateTime sets the CreateTime field's value.
func (s *Database) SetCreateTime(v time.Time) *Database {
s.CreateTime = &v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *Database) SetDescription(v string) *Database {
s.Description = &v
return s
}
// SetLocationUri sets the LocationUri field's value.
func (s *Database) SetLocationUri(v string) *Database {
s.LocationUri = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *Database) SetName(v string) *Database {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
func (s *Database) SetParameters(v map[string]*string) *Database {
s.Parameters = v
return s
}
// The structure used to create or update a database.
type DatabaseInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Description of the database
Description *string `type:"string"`
// The location of the database (for example, an HDFS path).
LocationUri *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// Name of the database. For Hive compatibility, this is folded to lowercase
// when it is stored.
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// A list of key-value pairs that define parameters and properties of the database.
Parameters map[string]*string `type:"map"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DatabaseInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DatabaseInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DatabaseInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DatabaseInput"}
if s.LocationUri != nil && len(*s.LocationUri) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("LocationUri", 1))
}
if s.Name == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
}
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *DatabaseInput) SetDescription(v string) *DatabaseInput {
s.Description = &v
return s
}
// SetLocationUri sets the LocationUri field's value.
func (s *DatabaseInput) SetLocationUri(v string) *DatabaseInput {
s.LocationUri = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *DatabaseInput) SetName(v string) *DatabaseInput {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
func (s *DatabaseInput) SetParameters(v map[string]*string) *DatabaseInput {
s.Parameters = v
return s
}
type DeleteClassifierInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Name of the classifier to remove.
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteClassifierInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteClassifierInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteClassifierInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteClassifierInput"}
if s.Name == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
}
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *DeleteClassifierInput) SetName(v string) *DeleteClassifierInput {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
type DeleteClassifierOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteClassifierOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteClassifierOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type DeleteConnectionInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the connection resides. If none is supplied,
// the AWS account ID is used by default.
CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The name of the connection to delete.
//
// ConnectionName is a required field
ConnectionName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteConnectionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteConnectionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteConnectionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteConnectionInput"}
if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
}
if s.ConnectionName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ConnectionName"))
}
if s.ConnectionName != nil && len(*s.ConnectionName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ConnectionName", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *DeleteConnectionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *DeleteConnectionInput {
s.CatalogId = &v
return s
}
// SetConnectionName sets the ConnectionName field's value.
func (s *DeleteConnectionInput) SetConnectionName(v string) *DeleteConnectionInput {
s.ConnectionName = &v
return s
}
type DeleteConnectionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteConnectionOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteConnectionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type DeleteCrawlerInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Name of the crawler to remove.
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteCrawlerInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteCrawlerInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteCrawlerInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteCrawlerInput"}
if s.Name == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
}
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *DeleteCrawlerInput) SetName(v string) *DeleteCrawlerInput {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
type DeleteCrawlerOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteCrawlerOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteCrawlerOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type DeleteDatabaseInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the database resides. If none is supplied,
// the AWS account ID is used by default.
CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The name of the Database to delete. For Hive compatibility, this must be
// all lowercase.
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDatabaseInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDatabaseInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteDatabaseInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDatabaseInput"}
if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
}
if s.Name == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
}
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *DeleteDatabaseInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *DeleteDatabaseInput {
s.CatalogId = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *DeleteDatabaseInput) SetName(v string) *DeleteDatabaseInput {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
type DeleteDatabaseOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDatabaseOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDatabaseOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type DeleteDevEndpointInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the DevEndpoint.
//
// EndpointName is a required field
EndpointName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDevEndpointInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDevEndpointInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteDevEndpointInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDevEndpointInput"}
if s.EndpointName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EndpointName"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetEndpointName sets the EndpointName field's value.
func (s *DeleteDevEndpointInput) SetEndpointName(v string) *DeleteDevEndpointInput {
s.EndpointName = &v
return s
}
type DeleteDevEndpointOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDevEndpointOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDevEndpointOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type DeleteJobInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the job definition to delete.
//
// JobName is a required field
JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteJobInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteJobInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteJobInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteJobInput"}
if s.JobName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("JobName"))
}
if s.JobName != nil && len(*s.JobName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("JobName", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.
func (s *DeleteJobInput) SetJobName(v string) *DeleteJobInput {
s.JobName = &v
return s
}
type DeleteJobOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the job definition that was deleted.
JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteJobOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteJobOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.
func (s *DeleteJobOutput) SetJobName(v string) *DeleteJobOutput {
s.JobName = &v
return s
}
type DeletePartitionInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partition to be deleted resides. If
// none is supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default.
CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The name of the catalog database in which the table in question resides.
//
// DatabaseName is a required field
DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The values that define the partition.
//
// PartitionValues is a required field
PartitionValues []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
// The name of the table where the partition to be deleted is located.
//
// TableName is a required field
TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeletePartitionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeletePartitionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeletePartitionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeletePartitionInput"}
if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
}
if s.DatabaseName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
}
if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
}
if s.PartitionValues == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartitionValues"))
}
if s.TableName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName"))
}
if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *DeletePartitionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *DeletePartitionInput {
s.CatalogId = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *DeletePartitionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *DeletePartitionInput {
s.DatabaseName = &v
return s
}
// SetPartitionValues sets the PartitionValues field's value.
func (s *DeletePartitionInput) SetPartitionValues(v []*string) *DeletePartitionInput {
s.PartitionValues = v
return s
}
// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *DeletePartitionInput) SetTableName(v string) *DeletePartitionInput {
s.TableName = &v
return s
}
type DeletePartitionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeletePartitionOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeletePartitionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type DeleteTableInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the Data Catalog where the table resides. If none is supplied,
// the AWS account ID is used by default.
CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The name of the catalog database in which the table resides. For Hive compatibility,
// this name is entirely lowercase.
//
// DatabaseName is a required field
DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The name of the table to be deleted. For Hive compatibility, this name is
// entirely lowercase.
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteTableInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteTableInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteTableInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteTableInput"}
if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
}
if s.DatabaseName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
}
if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
}
if s.Name == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
}
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *DeleteTableInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *DeleteTableInput {
s.CatalogId = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *DeleteTableInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *DeleteTableInput {
s.DatabaseName = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *DeleteTableInput) SetName(v string) *DeleteTableInput {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
type DeleteTableOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteTableOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteTableOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type DeleteTableVersionInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the Data Catalog where the tables reside. If none is supplied,
// the AWS account ID is used by default.
CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The database in the catalog in which the table resides. For Hive compatibility,
// this name is entirely lowercase.
//
// DatabaseName is a required field
DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The name of the table. For Hive compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.
//
// TableName is a required field
TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The ID of the table version to be deleted.
//
// VersionId is a required field
VersionId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteTableVersionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteTableVersionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteTableVersionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteTableVersionInput"}
if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
}
if s.DatabaseName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
}
if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
}
if s.TableName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName"))
}
if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1))
}
if s.VersionId == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VersionId"))
}
if s.VersionId != nil && len(*s.VersionId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("VersionId", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *DeleteTableVersionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *DeleteTableVersionInput {
s.CatalogId = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *DeleteTableVersionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *DeleteTableVersionInput {
s.DatabaseName = &v
return s
}
// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *DeleteTableVersionInput) SetTableName(v string) *DeleteTableVersionInput {
s.TableName = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *DeleteTableVersionInput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteTableVersionInput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
type DeleteTableVersionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteTableVersionOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteTableVersionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type DeleteTriggerInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the trigger to delete.
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteTriggerInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteTriggerInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteTriggerInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteTriggerInput"}
if s.Name == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
}
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *DeleteTriggerInput) SetName(v string) *DeleteTriggerInput {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
type DeleteTriggerOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the trigger that was deleted.
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteTriggerOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteTriggerOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *DeleteTriggerOutput) SetName(v string) *DeleteTriggerOutput {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
type DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the Data Catalog where the function to be deleted is located. If
// none is supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default.
CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The name of the catalog database where the function is located.
//
// DatabaseName is a required field
DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The name of the function definition to be deleted.
//
// FunctionName is a required field
FunctionName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput"}
if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
}
if s.DatabaseName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
}
if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
}
if s.FunctionName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FunctionName"))
}
if s.FunctionName != nil && len(*s.FunctionName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("FunctionName", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput {
s.CatalogId = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput {
s.DatabaseName = &v
return s
}
// SetFunctionName sets the FunctionName field's value.
func (s *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetFunctionName(v string) *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput {
s.FunctionName = &v
return s
}
type DeleteUserDefinedFunctionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteUserDefinedFunctionOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteUserDefinedFunctionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// A development endpoint where a developer can remotely debug ETL scripts.
type DevEndpoint struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The AWS availability zone where this DevEndpoint is located.
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
// The point in time at which this DevEndpoint was created.
CreatedTimestamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The name of the DevEndpoint.
EndpointName *string `type:"string"`
// Path to one or more Java Jars in an S3 bucket that should be loaded in your
// DevEndpoint.
//
// Please note that only pure Java/Scala libraries can currently be used on
// a DevEndpoint.
ExtraJarsS3Path *string `type:"string"`
// Path(s) to one or more Python libraries in an S3 bucket that should be loaded
// in your DevEndpoint. Multiple values must be complete paths separated by
// a comma.
//
// Please note that only pure Python libraries can currently be used on a DevEndpoint.
// Libraries that rely on C extensions, such as the pandas (http://pandas.pydata.org/)
// Python data analysis library, are not yet supported.
ExtraPythonLibsS3Path *string `type:"string"`
// The reason for a current failure in this DevEndpoint.
FailureReason *string `type:"string"`
// The point in time at which this DevEndpoint was last modified.
LastModifiedTimestamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The status of the last update.
LastUpdateStatus *string `type:"string"`
// The number of AWS Glue Data Processing Units (DPUs) allocated to this DevEndpoint.
NumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The private address used by this DevEndpoint.
PrivateAddress *string `type:"string"`
// The public VPC address used by this DevEndpoint.
PublicAddress *string `type:"string"`
// The public key to be used by this DevEndpoint for authentication.
PublicKey *string `type:"string"`
// The AWS ARN of the IAM role used in this DevEndpoint.
RoleArn *string `type:"string"`
// A list of security group identifiers used in this DevEndpoint.
SecurityGroupIds []*string `type:"list"`
// The current status of this DevEndpoint.
Status *string `type:"string"`
// The subnet ID for this DevEndpoint.
SubnetId *string `type:"string"`
// The ID of the virtual private cloud (VPC) used by this DevEndpoint.
VpcId *string `type:"string"`
// The YARN endpoint address used by this DevEndpoint.
YarnEndpointAddress *string `type:"string"`
// The Apache Zeppelin port for the remote Apache Spark interpreter.
ZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DevEndpoint) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DevEndpoint) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *DevEndpoint {
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
return s
}
// SetCreatedTimestamp sets the CreatedTimestamp field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetCreatedTimestamp(v time.Time) *DevEndpoint {
s.CreatedTimestamp = &v
return s
}
// SetEndpointName sets the EndpointName field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetEndpointName(v string) *DevEndpoint {
s.EndpointName = &v
return s
}
// SetExtraJarsS3Path sets the ExtraJarsS3Path field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetExtraJarsS3Path(v string) *DevEndpoint {
s.ExtraJarsS3Path = &v
return s
}
// SetExtraPythonLibsS3Path sets the ExtraPythonLibsS3Path field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetExtraPythonLibsS3Path(v string) *DevEndpoint {
s.ExtraPythonLibsS3Path = &v
return s
}
// SetFailureReason sets the FailureReason field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetFailureReason(v string) *DevEndpoint {
s.FailureReason = &v
return s
}
// SetLastModifiedTimestamp sets the LastModifiedTimestamp field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetLastModifiedTimestamp(v time.Time) *DevEndpoint {
s.LastModifiedTimestamp = &v
return s
}
// SetLastUpdateStatus sets the LastUpdateStatus field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetLastUpdateStatus(v string) *DevEndpoint {
s.LastUpdateStatus = &v
return s
}
// SetNumberOfNodes sets the NumberOfNodes field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetNumberOfNodes(v int64) *DevEndpoint {
s.NumberOfNodes = &v
return s
}
// SetPrivateAddress sets the PrivateAddress field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetPrivateAddress(v string) *DevEndpoint {
s.PrivateAddress = &v
return s
}
// SetPublicAddress sets the PublicAddress field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetPublicAddress(v string) *DevEndpoint {
s.PublicAddress = &v
return s
}
// SetPublicKey sets the PublicKey field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetPublicKey(v string) *DevEndpoint {
s.PublicKey = &v
return s
}
// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetRoleArn(v string) *DevEndpoint {
s.RoleArn = &v
return s
}
// SetSecurityGroupIds sets the SecurityGroupIds field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *DevEndpoint {
s.SecurityGroupIds = v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetStatus(v string) *DevEndpoint {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetSubnetId(v string) *DevEndpoint {
s.SubnetId = &v
return s
}
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetVpcId(v string) *DevEndpoint {
s.VpcId = &v
return s
}
// SetYarnEndpointAddress sets the YarnEndpointAddress field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetYarnEndpointAddress(v string) *DevEndpoint {
s.YarnEndpointAddress = &v
return s
}
// SetZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort sets the ZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort(v int64) *DevEndpoint {
s.ZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort = &v
return s
}
// Custom libraries to be loaded into a DevEndpoint.
type DevEndpointCustomLibraries struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Path to one or more Java Jars in an S3 bucket that should be loaded in your
// DevEndpoint.
//
// Please note that only pure Java/Scala libraries can currently be used on
// a DevEndpoint.
ExtraJarsS3Path *string `type:"string"`
// Path(s) to one or more Python libraries in an S3 bucket that should be loaded
// in your DevEndpoint. Multiple values must be complete paths separated by
// a comma.
//
// Please note that only pure Python libraries can currently be used on a DevEndpoint.
// Libraries that rely on C extensions, such as the pandas (http://pandas.pydata.org/)
// Python data analysis library, are not yet supported.
ExtraPythonLibsS3Path *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DevEndpointCustomLibraries) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DevEndpointCustomLibraries) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetExtraJarsS3Path sets the ExtraJarsS3Path field's value.
func (s *DevEndpointCustomLibraries) SetExtraJarsS3Path(v string) *DevEndpointCustomLibraries {
s.ExtraJarsS3Path = &v
return s
}
// SetExtraPythonLibsS3Path sets the ExtraPythonLibsS3Path field's value.
func (s *DevEndpointCustomLibraries) SetExtraPythonLibsS3Path(v string) *DevEndpointCustomLibraries {
s.ExtraPythonLibsS3Path = &v
return s
}
// Specifies a DynamoDB table to crawl.
type DynamoDBTarget struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the DynamoDB table to crawl.
Path *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DynamoDBTarget) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DynamoDBTarget) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetPath sets the Path field's value.
func (s *DynamoDBTarget) SetPath(v string) *DynamoDBTarget {
s.Path = &v
return s
}
// Contains details about an error.
type ErrorDetail struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The code associated with this error.
ErrorCode *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// A message describing the error.
ErrorMessage *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ErrorDetail) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ErrorDetail) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetErrorCode sets the ErrorCode field's value.
func (s *ErrorDetail) SetErrorCode(v string) *ErrorDetail {
s.ErrorCode = &v
return s
}
// SetErrorMessage sets the ErrorMessage field's value.
func (s *ErrorDetail) SetErrorMessage(v string) *ErrorDetail {
s.ErrorMessage = &v
return s
}
// An execution property of a job.
type ExecutionProperty struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The maximum number of concurrent runs allowed for the job. The default is
// 1. An error is returned when this threshold is reached. The maximum value
// you can specify is controlled by a service limit.
MaxConcurrentRuns *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ExecutionProperty) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ExecutionProperty) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetMaxConcurrentRuns sets the MaxConcurrentRuns field's value.
func (s *ExecutionProperty) SetMaxConcurrentRuns(v int64) *ExecutionProperty {
s.MaxConcurrentRuns = &v
return s
}
type GetCatalogImportStatusInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the catalog to migrate. Currently, this should be the AWS account
// ID.
CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetCatalogImportStatusInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetCatalogImportStatusInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetCatalogImportStatusInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetCatalogImportStatusInput"}
if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *GetCatalogImportStatusInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetCatalogImportStatusInput {
s.CatalogId = &v
return s
}
type GetCatalogImportStatusOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The status of the specified catalog migration.
ImportStatus *CatalogImportStatus `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetCatalogImportStatusOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetCatalogImportStatusOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetImportStatus sets the ImportStatus field's value.
func (s *GetCatalogImportStatusOutput) SetImportStatus(v *CatalogImportStatus) *GetCatalogImportStatusOutput {
s.ImportStatus = v
return s
}
type GetClassifierInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Name of the classifier to retrieve.
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetClassifierInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetClassifierInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetClassifierInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetClassifierInput"}
if s.Name == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
}
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *GetClassifierInput) SetName(v string) *GetClassifierInput {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
type GetClassifierOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The requested classifier.
Classifier *Classifier `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetClassifierOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetClassifierOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetClassifier sets the Classifier field's value.
func (s *GetClassifierOutput) SetClassifier(v *Classifier) *GetClassifierOutput {
s.Classifier = v
return s
}
type GetClassifiersInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Size of the list to return (optional).
MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
// An optional continuation token.
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetClassifiersInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetClassifiersInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetClassifiersInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetClassifiersInput"}
if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *GetClassifiersInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetClassifiersInput {
s.MaxResults = &v
return s
}
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetClassifiersInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetClassifiersInput {
s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
type GetClassifiersOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The requested list of classifier objects.
Classifiers []*Classifier `type:"list"`
// A continuation token.
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetClassifiersOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetClassifiersOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetClassifiers sets the Classifiers field's value.
func (s *GetClassifiersOutput) SetClassifiers(v []*Classifier) *GetClassifiersOutput {
s.Classifiers = v
return s
}
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetClassifiersOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetClassifiersOutput {
s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
type GetConnectionInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the connection resides. If none is supplied,
// the AWS account ID is used by default.
CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The name of the connection definition to retrieve.
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetConnectionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetConnectionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetConnectionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetConnectionInput"}
if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
}
if s.Name == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
}
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *GetConnectionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetConnectionInput {
s.CatalogId = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *GetConnectionInput) SetName(v string) *GetConnectionInput {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
type GetConnectionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The requested connection definition.
Connection *Connection `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetConnectionOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetConnectionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetConnection sets the Connection field's value.
func (s *GetConnectionOutput) SetConnection(v *Connection) *GetConnectionOutput {
s.Connection = v
return s
}
// Filters the connection definitions returned by the GetConnections API.
type GetConnectionsFilter struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The type of connections to return. Currently, only JDBC is supported; SFTP
// is not supported.
ConnectionType *string `type:"string" enum:"ConnectionType"`
// A criteria string that must match the criteria recorded in the connection
// definition for that connection definition to be returned.
MatchCriteria []*string `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetConnectionsFilter) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetConnectionsFilter) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetConnectionType sets the ConnectionType field's value.
func (s *GetConnectionsFilter) SetConnectionType(v string) *GetConnectionsFilter {
s.ConnectionType = &v
return s
}
// SetMatchCriteria sets the MatchCriteria field's value.
func (s *GetConnectionsFilter) SetMatchCriteria(v []*string) *GetConnectionsFilter {
s.MatchCriteria = v
return s
}
type GetConnectionsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the connections reside. If none is supplied,
// the AWS account ID is used by default.
CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// A filter that controls which connections will be returned.
Filter *GetConnectionsFilter `type:"structure"`
// The maximum number of connections to return in one response.
MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetConnectionsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetConnectionsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetConnectionsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetConnectionsInput"}
if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
}
if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *GetConnectionsInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetConnectionsInput {
s.CatalogId = &v
return s
}
// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
func (s *GetConnectionsInput) SetFilter(v *GetConnectionsFilter) *GetConnectionsInput {
s.Filter = v
return s
}
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *GetConnectionsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetConnectionsInput {
s.MaxResults = &v
return s
}
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetConnectionsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetConnectionsInput {
s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
type GetConnectionsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of requested connection definitions.
ConnectionList []*Connection `type:"list"`
// A continuation token, if the list of connections returned does not include
// the last of the filtered connections.
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetConnectionsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetConnectionsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetConnectionList sets the ConnectionList field's value.
func (s *GetConnectionsOutput) SetConnectionList(v []*Connection) *GetConnectionsOutput {
s.ConnectionList = v
return s
}
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetConnectionsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetConnectionsOutput {
s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
type GetCrawlerInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Name of the crawler to retrieve metadata for.
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetCrawlerInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetCrawlerInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetCrawlerInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetCrawlerInput"}
if s.Name == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
}
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *GetCrawlerInput) SetName(v string) *GetCrawlerInput {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
type GetCrawlerMetricsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of the names of crawlers about which to retrieve metrics.
CrawlerNameList []*string `type:"list"`
// The maximum size of a list to return.
MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetCrawlerMetricsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetCrawlerMetricsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetCrawlerMetricsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetCrawlerMetricsInput"}
if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCrawlerNameList sets the CrawlerNameList field's value.
func (s *GetCrawlerMetricsInput) SetCrawlerNameList(v []*string) *GetCrawlerMetricsInput {
s.CrawlerNameList = v
return s
}
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *GetCrawlerMetricsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetCrawlerMetricsInput {
s.MaxResults = &v
return s
}
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetCrawlerMetricsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetCrawlerMetricsInput {
s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
type GetCrawlerMetricsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of metrics for the specified crawler.
CrawlerMetricsList []*CrawlerMetrics `type:"list"`
// A continuation token, if the returned list does not contain the last metric
// available.
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetCrawlerMetricsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetCrawlerMetricsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCrawlerMetricsList sets the CrawlerMetricsList field's value.
func (s *GetCrawlerMetricsOutput) SetCrawlerMetricsList(v []*CrawlerMetrics) *GetCrawlerMetricsOutput {
s.CrawlerMetricsList = v
return s
}
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetCrawlerMetricsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetCrawlerMetricsOutput {
s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
type GetCrawlerOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The metadata for the specified crawler.
Crawler *Crawler `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetCrawlerOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetCrawlerOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCrawler sets the Crawler field's value.
func (s *GetCrawlerOutput) SetCrawler(v *Crawler) *GetCrawlerOutput {
s.Crawler = v
return s
}
type GetCrawlersInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The number of crawlers to return on each call.
MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
// A continuation token, if this is a continuation request.
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetCrawlersInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetCrawlersInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetCrawlersInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetCrawlersInput"}
if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *GetCrawlersInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetCrawlersInput {
s.MaxResults = &v
return s
}
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetCrawlersInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetCrawlersInput {
s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
type GetCrawlersOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of crawler metadata.
Crawlers []*Crawler `type:"list"`
// A continuation token, if the returned list has not reached the end of those
// defined in this customer account.
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetCrawlersOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetCrawlersOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCrawlers sets the Crawlers field's value.
func (s *GetCrawlersOutput) SetCrawlers(v []*Crawler) *GetCrawlersOutput {
s.Crawlers = v
return s
}
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetCrawlersOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetCrawlersOutput {
s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
type GetDatabaseInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the database resides. If none is supplied,
// the AWS account ID is used by default.
CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The name of the database to retrieve. For Hive compatibility, this should
// be all lowercase.
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetDatabaseInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetDatabaseInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetDatabaseInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetDatabaseInput"}
if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
}
if s.Name == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
}
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *GetDatabaseInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetDatabaseInput {
s.CatalogId = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *GetDatabaseInput) SetName(v string) *GetDatabaseInput {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
type GetDatabaseOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The definition of the specified database in the catalog.
Database *Database `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetDatabaseOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetDatabaseOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDatabase sets the Database field's value.
func (s *GetDatabaseOutput) SetDatabase(v *Database) *GetDatabaseOutput {
s.Database = v
return s
}
type GetDatabasesInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the Data Catalog from which to retrieve Databases. If none is supplied,
// the AWS account ID is used by default.
CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The maximum number of databases to return in one response.
MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetDatabasesInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetDatabasesInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetDatabasesInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetDatabasesInput"}
if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
}
if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *GetDatabasesInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetDatabasesInput {
s.CatalogId = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *GetDatabasesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetDatabasesInput {
s.MaxResults = &v
return s
}
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetDatabasesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetDatabasesInput {
s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
type GetDatabasesOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of Database objects from the specified catalog.
//
// DatabaseList is a required field
DatabaseList []*Database `type:"list" required:"true"`
// A continuation token for paginating the returned list of tokens, returned
// if the current segment of the list is not the last.
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetDatabasesOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetDatabasesOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDatabaseList sets the DatabaseList field's value.
func (s *GetDatabasesOutput) SetDatabaseList(v []*Database) *GetDatabasesOutput {
s.DatabaseList = v
return s
}
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetDatabasesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetDatabasesOutput {
s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
type GetDataflowGraphInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The Python script to transform.
PythonScript *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetDataflowGraphInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetDataflowGraphInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetPythonScript sets the PythonScript field's value.
func (s *GetDataflowGraphInput) SetPythonScript(v string) *GetDataflowGraphInput {
s.PythonScript = &v
return s
}
type GetDataflowGraphOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of the edges in the resulting DAG.
DagEdges []*CodeGenEdge `type:"list"`
// A list of the nodes in the resulting DAG.
DagNodes []*CodeGenNode `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetDataflowGraphOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetDataflowGraphOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDagEdges sets the DagEdges field's value.
func (s *GetDataflowGraphOutput) SetDagEdges(v []*CodeGenEdge) *GetDataflowGraphOutput {
s.DagEdges = v
return s
}
// SetDagNodes sets the DagNodes field's value.
func (s *GetDataflowGraphOutput) SetDagNodes(v []*CodeGenNode) *GetDataflowGraphOutput {
s.DagNodes = v
return s
}
type GetDevEndpointInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Name of the DevEndpoint for which to retrieve information.
//
// EndpointName is a required field
EndpointName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetDevEndpointInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetDevEndpointInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetDevEndpointInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetDevEndpointInput"}
if s.EndpointName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EndpointName"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetEndpointName sets the EndpointName field's value.
func (s *GetDevEndpointInput) SetEndpointName(v string) *GetDevEndpointInput {
s.EndpointName = &v
return s
}
type GetDevEndpointOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A DevEndpoint definition.
DevEndpoint *DevEndpoint `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetDevEndpointOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetDevEndpointOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDevEndpoint sets the DevEndpoint field's value.
func (s *GetDevEndpointOutput) SetDevEndpoint(v *DevEndpoint) *GetDevEndpointOutput {
s.DevEndpoint = v
return s
}
type GetDevEndpointsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The maximum size of information to return.
MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetDevEndpointsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetDevEndpointsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetDevEndpointsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetDevEndpointsInput"}
if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *GetDevEndpointsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetDevEndpointsInput {
s.MaxResults = &v
return s
}
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetDevEndpointsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetDevEndpointsInput {
s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
type GetDevEndpointsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of DevEndpoint definitions.
DevEndpoints []*DevEndpoint `type:"list"`
// A continuation token, if not all DevEndpoint definitions have yet been returned.
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetDevEndpointsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetDevEndpointsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDevEndpoints sets the DevEndpoints field's value.
func (s *GetDevEndpointsOutput) SetDevEndpoints(v []*DevEndpoint) *GetDevEndpointsOutput {
s.DevEndpoints = v
return s
}
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetDevEndpointsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetDevEndpointsOutput {
s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
type GetJobInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the job definition to retrieve.
//
// JobName is a required field
JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetJobInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetJobInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetJobInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetJobInput"}
if s.JobName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("JobName"))
}
if s.JobName != nil && len(*s.JobName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("JobName", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.
func (s *GetJobInput) SetJobName(v string) *GetJobInput {
s.JobName = &v
return s
}
type GetJobOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The requested job definition.
Job *Job `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetJobOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetJobOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetJob sets the Job field's value.
func (s *GetJobOutput) SetJob(v *Job) *GetJobOutput {
s.Job = v
return s
}
type GetJobRunInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Name of the job definition being run.
//
// JobName is a required field
JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// True if a list of predecessor runs should be returned.
PredecessorsIncluded *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The ID of the job run.
//
// RunId is a required field
RunId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetJobRunInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetJobRunInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetJobRunInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetJobRunInput"}
if s.JobName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("JobName"))
}
if s.JobName != nil && len(*s.JobName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("JobName", 1))
}
if s.RunId == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RunId"))
}
if s.RunId != nil && len(*s.RunId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RunId", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.
func (s *GetJobRunInput) SetJobName(v string) *GetJobRunInput {
s.JobName = &v
return s
}
// SetPredecessorsIncluded sets the PredecessorsIncluded field's value.
func (s *GetJobRunInput) SetPredecessorsIncluded(v bool) *GetJobRunInput {
s.PredecessorsIncluded = &v
return s
}
// SetRunId sets the RunId field's value.
func (s *GetJobRunInput) SetRunId(v string) *GetJobRunInput {
s.RunId = &v
return s
}
type GetJobRunOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The requested job-run metadata.
JobRun *JobRun `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetJobRunOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetJobRunOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetJobRun sets the JobRun field's value.
func (s *GetJobRunOutput) SetJobRun(v *JobRun) *GetJobRunOutput {
s.JobRun = v
return s
}
type GetJobRunsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the job definition for which to retrieve all job runs.
//
// JobName is a required field
JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The maximum size of the response.
MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetJobRunsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetJobRunsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetJobRunsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetJobRunsInput"}
if s.JobName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("JobName"))
}
if s.JobName != nil && len(*s.JobName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("JobName", 1))
}
if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.
func (s *GetJobRunsInput) SetJobName(v string) *GetJobRunsInput {
s.JobName = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *GetJobRunsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetJobRunsInput {
s.MaxResults = &v
return s
}
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetJobRunsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetJobRunsInput {
s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
type GetJobRunsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of job-run metatdata objects.
JobRuns []*JobRun `type:"list"`
// A continuation token, if not all reequested job runs have been returned.
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetJobRunsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetJobRunsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetJobRuns sets the JobRuns field's value.
func (s *GetJobRunsOutput) SetJobRuns(v []*JobRun) *GetJobRunsOutput {
s.JobRuns = v
return s
}
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetJobRunsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetJobRunsOutput {
s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
type GetJobsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The maximum size of the response.
MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetJobsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetJobsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetJobsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetJobsInput"}
if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *GetJobsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetJobsInput {
s.MaxResults = &v
return s
}
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetJobsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetJobsInput {
s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
type GetJobsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of job definitions.
Jobs []*Job `type:"list"`
// A continuation token, if not all job definitions have yet been returned.
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetJobsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetJobsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetJobs sets the Jobs field's value.
func (s *GetJobsOutput) SetJobs(v []*Job) *GetJobsOutput {
s.Jobs = v
return s
}
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetJobsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetJobsOutput {
s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
type GetMappingInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Parameters for the mapping.
Location *Location `type:"structure"`
// A list of target tables.
Sinks []*CatalogEntry `type:"list"`
// Specifies the source table.
//
// Source is a required field
Source *CatalogEntry `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetMappingInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetMappingInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetMappingInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetMappingInput"}
if s.Source == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Source"))
}
if s.Location != nil {
if err := s.Location.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Location", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.Sinks != nil {
for i, v := range s.Sinks {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Sinks", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if s.Source != nil {
if err := s.Source.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Source", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetLocation sets the Location field's value.
func (s *GetMappingInput) SetLocation(v *Location) *GetMappingInput {
s.Location = v
return s
}
// SetSinks sets the Sinks field's value.
func (s *GetMappingInput) SetSinks(v []*CatalogEntry) *GetMappingInput {
s.Sinks = v
return s
}
// SetSource sets the Source field's value.
func (s *GetMappingInput) SetSource(v *CatalogEntry) *GetMappingInput {
s.Source = v
return s
}
type GetMappingOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of mappings to the specified targets.
//
// Mapping is a required field
Mapping []*MappingEntry `type:"list" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetMappingOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetMappingOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetMapping sets the Mapping field's value.
func (s *GetMappingOutput) SetMapping(v []*MappingEntry) *GetMappingOutput {
s.Mapping = v
return s
}
type GetPartitionInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partition in question resides. If none
// is supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default.
CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The name of the catalog database where the partition resides.
//
// DatabaseName is a required field
DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The values that define the partition.
//
// PartitionValues is a required field
PartitionValues []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
// The name of the partition's table.
//
// TableName is a required field
TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetPartitionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetPartitionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetPartitionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetPartitionInput"}
if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
}
if s.DatabaseName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
}
if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
}
if s.PartitionValues == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartitionValues"))
}
if s.TableName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName"))
}
if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *GetPartitionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetPartitionInput {
s.CatalogId = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *GetPartitionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *GetPartitionInput {
s.DatabaseName = &v
return s
}
// SetPartitionValues sets the PartitionValues field's value.
func (s *GetPartitionInput) SetPartitionValues(v []*string) *GetPartitionInput {
s.PartitionValues = v
return s
}
// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *GetPartitionInput) SetTableName(v string) *GetPartitionInput {
s.TableName = &v
return s
}
type GetPartitionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The requested information, in the form of a Partition object.
Partition *Partition `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetPartitionOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetPartitionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetPartition sets the Partition field's value.
func (s *GetPartitionOutput) SetPartition(v *Partition) *GetPartitionOutput {
s.Partition = v
return s
}
type GetPartitionsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partitions in question reside. If none
// is supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default.
CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The name of the catalog database where the partitions reside.
//
// DatabaseName is a required field
DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// An expression filtering the partitions to be returned.
Expression *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of partitions to return in a single response.
MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
// A continuation token, if this is not the first call to retrieve these partitions.
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
// The segment of the table's partitions to scan in this request.
Segment *Segment `type:"structure"`
// The name of the partitions' table.
//
// TableName is a required field
TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetPartitionsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetPartitionsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetPartitionsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetPartitionsInput"}
if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
}
if s.DatabaseName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
}
if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
}
if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
}
if s.TableName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName"))
}
if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1))
}
if s.Segment != nil {
if err := s.Segment.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Segment", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *GetPartitionsInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetPartitionsInput {
s.CatalogId = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *GetPartitionsInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *GetPartitionsInput {
s.DatabaseName = &v
return s
}
// SetExpression sets the Expression field's value.
func (s *GetPartitionsInput) SetExpression(v string) *GetPartitionsInput {
s.Expression = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *GetPartitionsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetPartitionsInput {
s.MaxResults = &v
return s
}
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetPartitionsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetPartitionsInput {
s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
// SetSegment sets the Segment field's value.
func (s *GetPartitionsInput) SetSegment(v *Segment) *GetPartitionsInput {
s.Segment = v
return s
}
// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *GetPartitionsInput) SetTableName(v string) *GetPartitionsInput {
s.TableName = &v
return s
}
type GetPartitionsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A continuation token, if the returned list of partitions does not does not
// include the last one.
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
// A list of requested partitions.
Partitions []*Partition `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetPartitionsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetPartitionsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetPartitionsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetPartitionsOutput {
s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
// SetPartitions sets the Partitions field's value.
func (s *GetPartitionsOutput) SetPartitions(v []*Partition) *GetPartitionsOutput {
s.Partitions = v
return s
}
type GetPlanInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The programming language of the code to perform the mapping.
Language *string `type:"string" enum:"Language"`
// Parameters for the mapping.
Location *Location `type:"structure"`
// The list of mappings from a source table to target tables.
//
// Mapping is a required field
Mapping []*MappingEntry `type:"list" required:"true"`
// The target tables.
Sinks []*CatalogEntry `type:"list"`
// The source table.
//
// Source is a required field
Source *CatalogEntry `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetPlanInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetPlanInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetPlanInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetPlanInput"}
if s.Mapping == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Mapping"))
}
if s.Source == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Source"))
}
if s.Location != nil {
if err := s.Location.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Location", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.Sinks != nil {
for i, v := range s.Sinks {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Sinks", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if s.Source != nil {
if err := s.Source.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Source", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetLanguage sets the Language field's value.
func (s *GetPlanInput) SetLanguage(v string) *GetPlanInput {
s.Language = &v
return s
}
// SetLocation sets the Location field's value.
func (s *GetPlanInput) SetLocation(v *Location) *GetPlanInput {
s.Location = v
return s
}
// SetMapping sets the Mapping field's value.
func (s *GetPlanInput) SetMapping(v []*MappingEntry) *GetPlanInput {
s.Mapping = v
return s
}
// SetSinks sets the Sinks field's value.
func (s *GetPlanInput) SetSinks(v []*CatalogEntry) *GetPlanInput {
s.Sinks = v
return s
}
// SetSource sets the Source field's value.
func (s *GetPlanInput) SetSource(v *CatalogEntry) *GetPlanInput {
s.Source = v
return s
}
type GetPlanOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A Python script to perform the mapping.
PythonScript *string `type:"string"`
// Scala code to perform the mapping.
ScalaCode *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetPlanOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetPlanOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetPythonScript sets the PythonScript field's value.
func (s *GetPlanOutput) SetPythonScript(v string) *GetPlanOutput {
s.PythonScript = &v
return s
}
// SetScalaCode sets the ScalaCode field's value.
func (s *GetPlanOutput) SetScalaCode(v string) *GetPlanOutput {
s.ScalaCode = &v
return s
}
type GetTableInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the Data Catalog where the table resides. If none is supplied,
// the AWS account ID is used by default.
CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The name of the database in the catalog in which the table resides. For Hive
// compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.
//
// DatabaseName is a required field
DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The name of the table for which to retrieve the definition. For Hive compatibility,
// this name is entirely lowercase.
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetTableInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetTableInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetTableInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetTableInput"}
if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
}
if s.DatabaseName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
}
if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
}
if s.Name == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
}
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *GetTableInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetTableInput {
s.CatalogId = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *GetTableInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *GetTableInput {
s.DatabaseName = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *GetTableInput) SetName(v string) *GetTableInput {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
type GetTableOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The Table object that defines the specified table.
Table *Table `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetTableOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetTableOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetTable sets the Table field's value.
func (s *GetTableOutput) SetTable(v *Table) *GetTableOutput {
s.Table = v
return s
}
type GetTableVersionInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the Data Catalog where the tables reside. If none is supplied,
// the AWS account ID is used by default.
CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The database in the catalog in which the table resides. For Hive compatibility,
// this name is entirely lowercase.
//
// DatabaseName is a required field
DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The name of the table. For Hive compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.
//
// TableName is a required field
TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The ID value of the table version to be retrieved.
VersionId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetTableVersionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetTableVersionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetTableVersionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetTableVersionInput"}
if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
}
if s.DatabaseName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
}
if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
}
if s.TableName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName"))
}
if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1))
}
if s.VersionId != nil && len(*s.VersionId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("VersionId", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *GetTableVersionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetTableVersionInput {
s.CatalogId = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *GetTableVersionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *GetTableVersionInput {
s.DatabaseName = &v
return s
}
// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *GetTableVersionInput) SetTableName(v string) *GetTableVersionInput {
s.TableName = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *GetTableVersionInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetTableVersionInput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
type GetTableVersionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The requested table version.
TableVersion *TableVersion `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetTableVersionOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetTableVersionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetTableVersion sets the TableVersion field's value.
func (s *GetTableVersionOutput) SetTableVersion(v *TableVersion) *GetTableVersionOutput {
s.TableVersion = v
return s
}
type GetTableVersionsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the Data Catalog where the tables reside. If none is supplied,
// the AWS account ID is used by default.
CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The database in the catalog in which the table resides. For Hive compatibility,
// this name is entirely lowercase.
//
// DatabaseName is a required field
DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The maximum number of table versions to return in one response.
MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
// A continuation token, if this is not the first call.
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the table. For Hive compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.
//
// TableName is a required field
TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetTableVersionsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetTableVersionsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetTableVersionsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetTableVersionsInput"}
if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
}
if s.DatabaseName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
}
if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
}
if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
}
if s.TableName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName"))
}
if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *GetTableVersionsInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetTableVersionsInput {
s.CatalogId = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *GetTableVersionsInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *GetTableVersionsInput {
s.DatabaseName = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *GetTableVersionsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetTableVersionsInput {
s.MaxResults = &v
return s
}
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetTableVersionsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetTableVersionsInput {
s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *GetTableVersionsInput) SetTableName(v string) *GetTableVersionsInput {
s.TableName = &v
return s
}
type GetTableVersionsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A continuation token, if the list of available versions does not include
// the last one.
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
// A list of strings identifying available versions of the specified table.
TableVersions []*TableVersion `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetTableVersionsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetTableVersionsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetTableVersionsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetTableVersionsOutput {
s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
// SetTableVersions sets the TableVersions field's value.
func (s *GetTableVersionsOutput) SetTableVersions(v []*TableVersion) *GetTableVersionsOutput {
s.TableVersions = v
return s
}
type GetTablesInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the Data Catalog where the tables reside. If none is supplied,
// the AWS account ID is used by default.
CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The database in the catalog whose tables to list. For Hive compatibility,
// this name is entirely lowercase.
//
// DatabaseName is a required field
DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// A regular expression pattern. If present, only those tables whose names match
// the pattern are returned.
Expression *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of tables to return in a single response.
MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
// A continuation token, included if this is a continuation call.
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetTablesInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetTablesInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetTablesInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetTablesInput"}
if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
}
if s.DatabaseName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
}
if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
}
if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *GetTablesInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetTablesInput {
s.CatalogId = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *GetTablesInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *GetTablesInput {
s.DatabaseName = &v
return s
}
// SetExpression sets the Expression field's value.
func (s *GetTablesInput) SetExpression(v string) *GetTablesInput {
s.Expression = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *GetTablesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetTablesInput {
s.MaxResults = &v
return s
}
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetTablesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetTablesInput {
s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
type GetTablesOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A continuation token, present if the current list segment is not the last.
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
// A list of the requested Table objects.
TableList []*Table `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetTablesOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetTablesOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetTablesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetTablesOutput {
s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
// SetTableList sets the TableList field's value.
func (s *GetTablesOutput) SetTableList(v []*Table) *GetTablesOutput {
s.TableList = v
return s
}
type GetTriggerInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the trigger to retrieve.
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetTriggerInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetTriggerInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetTriggerInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetTriggerInput"}
if s.Name == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
}
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *GetTriggerInput) SetName(v string) *GetTriggerInput {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
type GetTriggerOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The requested trigger definition.
Trigger *Trigger `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetTriggerOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetTriggerOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetTrigger sets the Trigger field's value.
func (s *GetTriggerOutput) SetTrigger(v *Trigger) *GetTriggerOutput {
s.Trigger = v
return s
}
type GetTriggersInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the job for which to retrieve triggers. The trigger that can
// start this job will be returned, and if there is no such trigger, all triggers
// will be returned.
DependentJobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The maximum size of the response.
MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetTriggersInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetTriggersInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetTriggersInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetTriggersInput"}
if s.DependentJobName != nil && len(*s.DependentJobName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DependentJobName", 1))
}
if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDependentJobName sets the DependentJobName field's value.
func (s *GetTriggersInput) SetDependentJobName(v string) *GetTriggersInput {
s.DependentJobName = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *GetTriggersInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetTriggersInput {
s.MaxResults = &v
return s
}
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetTriggersInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetTriggersInput {
s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
type GetTriggersOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A continuation token, if not all the requested triggers have yet been returned.
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
// A list of triggers for the specified job.
Triggers []*Trigger `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetTriggersOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetTriggersOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetTriggersOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetTriggersOutput {
s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
// SetTriggers sets the Triggers field's value.
func (s *GetTriggersOutput) SetTriggers(v []*Trigger) *GetTriggersOutput {
s.Triggers = v
return s
}
type GetUserDefinedFunctionInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the Data Catalog where the function to be retrieved is located.
// If none is supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default.
CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The name of the catalog database where the function is located.
//
// DatabaseName is a required field
DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The name of the function.
//
// FunctionName is a required field
FunctionName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetUserDefinedFunctionInput"}
if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
}
if s.DatabaseName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
}
if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
}
if s.FunctionName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FunctionName"))
}
if s.FunctionName != nil && len(*s.FunctionName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("FunctionName", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput {
s.CatalogId = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput {
s.DatabaseName = &v
return s
}
// SetFunctionName sets the FunctionName field's value.
func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetFunctionName(v string) *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput {
s.FunctionName = &v
return s
}
type GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The requested function definition.
UserDefinedFunction *UserDefinedFunction `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetUserDefinedFunction sets the UserDefinedFunction field's value.
func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput) SetUserDefinedFunction(v *UserDefinedFunction) *GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput {
s.UserDefinedFunction = v
return s
}
type GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the Data Catalog where the functions to be retrieved are located.
// If none is supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default.
CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The name of the catalog database where the functions are located.
//
// DatabaseName is a required field
DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The maximum number of functions to return in one response.
MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
// An optional function-name pattern string that filters the function definitions
// returned.
//
// Pattern is a required field
Pattern *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput"}
if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
}
if s.DatabaseName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
}
if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
}
if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
}
if s.Pattern == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Pattern"))
}
if s.Pattern != nil && len(*s.Pattern) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Pattern", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput {
s.CatalogId = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput {
s.DatabaseName = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput {
s.MaxResults = &v
return s
}
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput {
s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
// SetPattern sets the Pattern field's value.
func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) SetPattern(v string) *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput {
s.Pattern = &v
return s
}
type GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A continuation token, if the list of functions returned does not include
// the last requested function.
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
// A list of requested function definitions.
UserDefinedFunctions []*UserDefinedFunction `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput {
s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
// SetUserDefinedFunctions sets the UserDefinedFunctions field's value.
func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput) SetUserDefinedFunctions(v []*UserDefinedFunction) *GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput {
s.UserDefinedFunctions = v
return s
}
// A classifier that uses grok patterns.
type GrokClassifier struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// An identifier of the data format that the classifier matches, such as Twitter,
// JSON, Omniture logs, and so on.
//
// Classification is a required field
Classification *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The time this classifier was registered.
CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// Optional custom grok patterns defined by this classifier. For more information,
// see custom patterns in Writing Custom Classifers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/custom-classifier.html).
CustomPatterns *string `type:"string"`
// The grok pattern applied to a data store by this classifier. For more information,
// see built-in patterns in Writing Custom Classifers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/custom-classifier.html).
//
// GrokPattern is a required field
GrokPattern *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The time this classifier was last updated.
LastUpdated *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The name of the classifier.
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The version of this classifier.
Version *int64 `type:"long"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GrokClassifier) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GrokClassifier) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetClassification sets the Classification field's value.
func (s *GrokClassifier) SetClassification(v string) *GrokClassifier {
s.Classification = &v
return s
}
// SetCreationTime sets the CreationTime field's value.
func (s *GrokClassifier) SetCreationTime(v time.Time) *GrokClassifier {
s.CreationTime = &v
return s
}
// SetCustomPatterns sets the CustomPatterns field's value.
func (s *GrokClassifier) SetCustomPatterns(v string) *GrokClassifier {
s.CustomPatterns = &v
return s
}
// SetGrokPattern sets the GrokPattern field's value.
func (s *GrokClassifier) SetGrokPattern(v string) *GrokClassifier {
s.GrokPattern = &v
return s
}
// SetLastUpdated sets the LastUpdated field's value.
func (s *GrokClassifier) SetLastUpdated(v time.Time) *GrokClassifier {
s.LastUpdated = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *GrokClassifier) SetName(v string) *GrokClassifier {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetVersion sets the Version field's value.
func (s *GrokClassifier) SetVersion(v int64) *GrokClassifier {
s.Version = &v
return s
}
type ImportCatalogToGlueInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the catalog to import. Currently, this should be the AWS account
// ID.
CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ImportCatalogToGlueInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ImportCatalogToGlueInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ImportCatalogToGlueInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ImportCatalogToGlueInput"}
if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *ImportCatalogToGlueInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *ImportCatalogToGlueInput {
s.CatalogId = &v
return s
}
type ImportCatalogToGlueOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ImportCatalogToGlueOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ImportCatalogToGlueOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Specifies a JDBC data store to crawl.
type JdbcTarget struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the connection to use to connect to the JDBC target.
ConnectionName *string `type:"string"`
// A list of glob patterns used to exclude from the crawl. For more information,
// see Catalog Tables with a Crawler (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/add-crawler.html).
Exclusions []*string `type:"list"`
// The path of the JDBC target.
Path *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s JdbcTarget) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s JdbcTarget) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetConnectionName sets the ConnectionName field's value.
func (s *JdbcTarget) SetConnectionName(v string) *JdbcTarget {
s.ConnectionName = &v
return s
}
// SetExclusions sets the Exclusions field's value.
func (s *JdbcTarget) SetExclusions(v []*string) *JdbcTarget {
s.Exclusions = v
return s
}
// SetPath sets the Path field's value.
func (s *JdbcTarget) SetPath(v string) *JdbcTarget {
s.Path = &v
return s
}
// Specifies a job definition.
type Job struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) allocated to runs of
// this job. From 2 to 100 DPUs can be allocated; the default is 10. A DPU is
// a relative measure of processing power that consists of 4 vCPUs of compute
// capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see the AWS Glue pricing
// page (https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/).
AllocatedCapacity *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The JobCommand that executes this job.
Command *JobCommand `type:"structure"`
// The connections used for this job.
Connections *ConnectionsList `type:"structure"`
// The time and date that this job definition was created.
CreatedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The default arguments for this job, specified as name-value pairs.
//
// You can specify arguments here that your own job-execution script consumes,
// as well as arguments that AWS Glue itself consumes.
//
// For information about how to specify and consume your own Job arguments,
// see the Calling AWS Glue APIs in Python (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-python-calling.html)
// topic in the developer guide.
//
// For information about the key-value pairs that AWS Glue consumes to set up
// your job, see the Special Parameters Used by AWS Glue (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-etl-glue-arguments.html)
// topic in the developer guide.
DefaultArguments map[string]*string `type:"map"`
// Description of the job being defined.
Description *string `type:"string"`
// An ExecutionProperty specifying the maximum number of concurrent runs allowed
// for this job.
ExecutionProperty *ExecutionProperty `type:"structure"`
// The last point in time when this job definition was modified.
LastModifiedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// This field is reserved for future use.
LogUri *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of times to retry this job after a JobRun fails.
MaxRetries *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The name you assign to this job definition.
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// Specifies configuration properties of a job notification.
NotificationProperty *NotificationProperty `type:"structure"`
// The name or ARN of the IAM role associated with this job.
Role *string `type:"string"`
// The job timeout in minutes.
Timeout *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Job) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Job) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAllocatedCapacity sets the AllocatedCapacity field's value.
func (s *Job) SetAllocatedCapacity(v int64) *Job {
s.AllocatedCapacity = &v
return s
}
// SetCommand sets the Command field's value.
func (s *Job) SetCommand(v *JobCommand) *Job {
s.Command = v
return s
}
// SetConnections sets the Connections field's value.
func (s *Job) SetConnections(v *ConnectionsList) *Job {
s.Connections = v
return s
}
// SetCreatedOn sets the CreatedOn field's value.
func (s *Job) SetCreatedOn(v time.Time) *Job {
s.CreatedOn = &v
return s
}
// SetDefaultArguments sets the DefaultArguments field's value.
func (s *Job) SetDefaultArguments(v map[string]*string) *Job {
s.DefaultArguments = v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *Job) SetDescription(v string) *Job {
s.Description = &v
return s
}
// SetExecutionProperty sets the ExecutionProperty field's value.
func (s *Job) SetExecutionProperty(v *ExecutionProperty) *Job {
s.ExecutionProperty = v
return s
}
// SetLastModifiedOn sets the LastModifiedOn field's value.
func (s *Job) SetLastModifiedOn(v time.Time) *Job {
s.LastModifiedOn = &v
return s
}
// SetLogUri sets the LogUri field's value.
func (s *Job) SetLogUri(v string) *Job {
s.LogUri = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRetries sets the MaxRetries field's value.
func (s *Job) SetMaxRetries(v int64) *Job {
s.MaxRetries = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *Job) SetName(v string) *Job {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetNotificationProperty sets the NotificationProperty field's value.
func (s *Job) SetNotificationProperty(v *NotificationProperty) *Job {
s.NotificationProperty = v
return s
}
// SetRole sets the Role field's value.
func (s *Job) SetRole(v string) *Job {
s.Role = &v
return s
}
// SetTimeout sets the Timeout field's value.
func (s *Job) SetTimeout(v int64) *Job {
s.Timeout = &v
return s
}
// Defines a point which a job can resume processing.
type JobBookmarkEntry struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The attempt ID number.
Attempt *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The bookmark itself.
JobBookmark *string `type:"string"`
// Name of the job in question.
JobName *string `type:"string"`
// The run ID number.
Run *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Version of the job.
Version *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s JobBookmarkEntry) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s JobBookmarkEntry) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAttempt sets the Attempt field's value.
func (s *JobBookmarkEntry) SetAttempt(v int64) *JobBookmarkEntry {
s.Attempt = &v
return s
}
// SetJobBookmark sets the JobBookmark field's value.
func (s *JobBookmarkEntry) SetJobBookmark(v string) *JobBookmarkEntry {
s.JobBookmark = &v
return s
}
// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.
func (s *JobBookmarkEntry) SetJobName(v string) *JobBookmarkEntry {
s.JobName = &v
return s
}
// SetRun sets the Run field's value.
func (s *JobBookmarkEntry) SetRun(v int64) *JobBookmarkEntry {
s.Run = &v
return s
}
// SetVersion sets the Version field's value.
func (s *JobBookmarkEntry) SetVersion(v int64) *JobBookmarkEntry {
s.Version = &v
return s
}
// Specifies code executed when a job is run.
type JobCommand struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the job command: this must be glueetl.
Name *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies the S3 path to a script that executes a job (required).
ScriptLocation *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s JobCommand) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s JobCommand) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *JobCommand) SetName(v string) *JobCommand {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetScriptLocation sets the ScriptLocation field's value.
func (s *JobCommand) SetScriptLocation(v string) *JobCommand {
s.ScriptLocation = &v
return s
}
// Contains information about a job run.
type JobRun struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) allocated to this JobRun.
// From 2 to 100 DPUs can be allocated; the default is 10. A DPU is a relative
// measure of processing power that consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity
// and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see the AWS Glue pricing page
// (https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/).
AllocatedCapacity *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The job arguments associated with this run. These override equivalent default
// arguments set for the job.
//
// You can specify arguments here that your own job-execution script consumes,
// as well as arguments that AWS Glue itself consumes.
//
// For information about how to specify and consume your own job arguments,
// see the Calling AWS Glue APIs in Python (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-python-calling.html)
// topic in the developer guide.
//
// For information about the key-value pairs that AWS Glue consumes to set up
// your job, see the Special Parameters Used by AWS Glue (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-etl-glue-arguments.html)
// topic in the developer guide.
Arguments map[string]*string `type:"map"`
// The number of the attempt to run this job.
Attempt *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The date and time this job run completed.
CompletedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// An error message associated with this job run.
ErrorMessage *string `type:"string"`
// The amount of time (in seconds) that the job run consumed resources.
ExecutionTime *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The ID of this job run.
Id *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The name of the job definition being used in this run.
JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The current state of the job run.
JobRunState *string `type:"string" enum:"JobRunState"`
// The last time this job run was modified.
LastModifiedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// Specifies configuration properties of a job run notification.
NotificationProperty *NotificationProperty `type:"structure"`
// A list of predecessors to this job run.
PredecessorRuns []*Predecessor `type:"list"`
// The ID of the previous run of this job. For example, the JobRunId specified
// in the StartJobRun action.
PreviousRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The date and time at which this job run was started.
StartedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The job run timeout in minutes.
Timeout *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
// The name of the trigger that started this job run.
TriggerName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s JobRun) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s JobRun) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAllocatedCapacity sets the AllocatedCapacity field's value.
func (s *JobRun) SetAllocatedCapacity(v int64) *JobRun {
s.AllocatedCapacity = &v
return s
}
// SetArguments sets the Arguments field's value.
func (s *JobRun) SetArguments(v map[string]*string) *JobRun {
s.Arguments = v
return s
}
// SetAttempt sets the Attempt field's value.
func (s *JobRun) SetAttempt(v int64) *JobRun {
s.Attempt = &v
return s
}
// SetCompletedOn sets the CompletedOn field's value.
func (s *JobRun) SetCompletedOn(v time.Time) *JobRun {
s.CompletedOn = &v
return s
}
// SetErrorMessage sets the ErrorMessage field's value.
func (s *JobRun) SetErrorMessage(v string) *JobRun {
s.ErrorMessage = &v
return s
}
// SetExecutionTime sets the ExecutionTime field's value.
func (s *JobRun) SetExecutionTime(v int64) *JobRun {
s.ExecutionTime = &v
return s
}
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *JobRun) SetId(v string) *JobRun {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.
func (s *JobRun) SetJobName(v string) *JobRun {
s.JobName = &v
return s
}
// SetJobRunState sets the JobRunState field's value.
func (s *JobRun) SetJobRunState(v string) *JobRun {
s.JobRunState = &v
return s
}
// SetLastModifiedOn sets the LastModifiedOn field's value.
func (s *JobRun) SetLastModifiedOn(v time.Time) *JobRun {
s.LastModifiedOn = &v
return s
}
// SetNotificationProperty sets the NotificationProperty field's value.
func (s *JobRun) SetNotificationProperty(v *NotificationProperty) *JobRun {
s.NotificationProperty = v
return s
}
// SetPredecessorRuns sets the PredecessorRuns field's value.
func (s *JobRun) SetPredecessorRuns(v []*Predecessor) *JobRun {
s.PredecessorRuns = v
return s
}
// SetPreviousRunId sets the PreviousRunId field's value.
func (s *JobRun) SetPreviousRunId(v string) *JobRun {
s.PreviousRunId = &v
return s
}
// SetStartedOn sets the StartedOn field's value.
func (s *JobRun) SetStartedOn(v time.Time) *JobRun {
s.StartedOn = &v
return s
}
// SetTimeout sets the Timeout field's value.
func (s *JobRun) SetTimeout(v int64) *JobRun {
s.Timeout = &v
return s
}
// SetTriggerName sets the TriggerName field's value.
func (s *JobRun) SetTriggerName(v string) *JobRun {
s.TriggerName = &v
return s
}
// Specifies information used to update an existing job definition. Note that
// the previous job definition will be completely overwritten by this information.
type JobUpdate struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) to allocate to this Job.
// From 2 to 100 DPUs can be allocated; the default is 10. A DPU is a relative
// measure of processing power that consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity
// and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see the AWS Glue pricing page
// (https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/).
AllocatedCapacity *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The JobCommand that executes this job (required).
Command *JobCommand `type:"structure"`
// The connections used for this job.
Connections *ConnectionsList `type:"structure"`
// The default arguments for this job.
//
// You can specify arguments here that your own job-execution script consumes,
// as well as arguments that AWS Glue itself consumes.
//
// For information about how to specify and consume your own Job arguments,
// see the Calling AWS Glue APIs in Python (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-python-calling.html)
// topic in the developer guide.
//
// For information about the key-value pairs that AWS Glue consumes to set up
// your job, see the Special Parameters Used by AWS Glue (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-etl-glue-arguments.html)
// topic in the developer guide.
DefaultArguments map[string]*string `type:"map"`
// Description of the job being defined.
Description *string `type:"string"`
// An ExecutionProperty specifying the maximum number of concurrent runs allowed
// for this job.
ExecutionProperty *ExecutionProperty `type:"structure"`
// This field is reserved for future use.
LogUri *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of times to retry this job if it fails.
MaxRetries *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Specifies configuration properties of a job notification.
NotificationProperty *NotificationProperty `type:"structure"`
// The name or ARN of the IAM role associated with this job (required).
Role *string `type:"string"`
// The job timeout in minutes. The default is 2880 minutes (48 hours).
Timeout *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s JobUpdate) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s JobUpdate) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *JobUpdate) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "JobUpdate"}
if s.Timeout != nil && *s.Timeout < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Timeout", 1))
}
if s.NotificationProperty != nil {
if err := s.NotificationProperty.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("NotificationProperty", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAllocatedCapacity sets the AllocatedCapacity field's value.
func (s *JobUpdate) SetAllocatedCapacity(v int64) *JobUpdate {
s.AllocatedCapacity = &v
return s
}
// SetCommand sets the Command field's value.
func (s *JobUpdate) SetCommand(v *JobCommand) *JobUpdate {
s.Command = v
return s
}
// SetConnections sets the Connections field's value.
func (s *JobUpdate) SetConnections(v *ConnectionsList) *JobUpdate {
s.Connections = v
return s
}
// SetDefaultArguments sets the DefaultArguments field's value.
func (s *JobUpdate) SetDefaultArguments(v map[string]*string) *JobUpdate {
s.DefaultArguments = v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *JobUpdate) SetDescription(v string) *JobUpdate {
s.Description = &v
return s
}
// SetExecutionProperty sets the ExecutionProperty field's value.
func (s *JobUpdate) SetExecutionProperty(v *ExecutionProperty) *JobUpdate {
s.ExecutionProperty = v
return s
}
// SetLogUri sets the LogUri field's value.
func (s *JobUpdate) SetLogUri(v string) *JobUpdate {
s.LogUri = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxRetries sets the MaxRetries field's value.
func (s *JobUpdate) SetMaxRetries(v int64) *JobUpdate {
s.MaxRetries = &v
return s
}
// SetNotificationProperty sets the NotificationProperty field's value.
func (s *JobUpdate) SetNotificationProperty(v *NotificationProperty) *JobUpdate {
s.NotificationProperty = v
return s
}
// SetRole sets the Role field's value.
func (s *JobUpdate) SetRole(v string) *JobUpdate {
s.Role = &v
return s
}
// SetTimeout sets the Timeout field's value.
func (s *JobUpdate) SetTimeout(v int64) *JobUpdate {
s.Timeout = &v
return s
}
// A classifier for JSON content.
type JsonClassifier struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The time this classifier was registered.
CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// A JsonPath string defining the JSON data for the classifier to classify.
// AWS Glue supports a subset of JsonPath, as described in Writing JsonPath
// Custom Classifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/custom-classifier.html#custom-classifier-json).
//
// JsonPath is a required field
JsonPath *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The time this classifier was last updated.
LastUpdated *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The name of the classifier.
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The version of this classifier.
Version *int64 `type:"long"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s JsonClassifier) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s JsonClassifier) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCreationTime sets the CreationTime field's value.
func (s *JsonClassifier) SetCreationTime(v time.Time) *JsonClassifier {
s.CreationTime = &v
return s
}
// SetJsonPath sets the JsonPath field's value.
func (s *JsonClassifier) SetJsonPath(v string) *JsonClassifier {
s.JsonPath = &v
return s
}
// SetLastUpdated sets the LastUpdated field's value.
func (s *JsonClassifier) SetLastUpdated(v time.Time) *JsonClassifier {
s.LastUpdated = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *JsonClassifier) SetName(v string) *JsonClassifier {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetVersion sets the Version field's value.
func (s *JsonClassifier) SetVersion(v int64) *JsonClassifier {
s.Version = &v
return s
}
// Status and error information about the most recent crawl.
type LastCrawlInfo struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// If an error occurred, the error information about the last crawl.
ErrorMessage *string `type:"string"`
// The log group for the last crawl.
LogGroup *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The log stream for the last crawl.
LogStream *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The prefix for a message about this crawl.
MessagePrefix *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The time at which the crawl started.
StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// Status of the last crawl.
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"LastCrawlStatus"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s LastCrawlInfo) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s LastCrawlInfo) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetErrorMessage sets the ErrorMessage field's value.
func (s *LastCrawlInfo) SetErrorMessage(v string) *LastCrawlInfo {
s.ErrorMessage = &v
return s
}
// SetLogGroup sets the LogGroup field's value.
func (s *LastCrawlInfo) SetLogGroup(v string) *LastCrawlInfo {
s.LogGroup = &v
return s
}
// SetLogStream sets the LogStream field's value.
func (s *LastCrawlInfo) SetLogStream(v string) *LastCrawlInfo {
s.LogStream = &v
return s
}
// SetMessagePrefix sets the MessagePrefix field's value.
func (s *LastCrawlInfo) SetMessagePrefix(v string) *LastCrawlInfo {
s.MessagePrefix = &v
return s
}
// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value.
func (s *LastCrawlInfo) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *LastCrawlInfo {
s.StartTime = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *LastCrawlInfo) SetStatus(v string) *LastCrawlInfo {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// The location of resources.
type Location struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A DynamoDB Table location.
DynamoDB []*CodeGenNodeArg `type:"list"`
// A JDBC location.
Jdbc []*CodeGenNodeArg `type:"list"`
// An Amazon S3 location.
S3 []*CodeGenNodeArg `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Location) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Location) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Location) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Location"}
if s.DynamoDB != nil {
for i, v := range s.DynamoDB {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "DynamoDB", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if s.Jdbc != nil {
for i, v := range s.Jdbc {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Jdbc", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if s.S3 != nil {
for i, v := range s.S3 {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "S3", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDynamoDB sets the DynamoDB field's value.
func (s *Location) SetDynamoDB(v []*CodeGenNodeArg) *Location {
s.DynamoDB = v
return s
}
// SetJdbc sets the Jdbc field's value.
func (s *Location) SetJdbc(v []*CodeGenNodeArg) *Location {
s.Jdbc = v
return s
}
// SetS3 sets the S3 field's value.
func (s *Location) SetS3(v []*CodeGenNodeArg) *Location {
s.S3 = v
return s
}
// Defines a mapping.
type MappingEntry struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The source path.
SourcePath *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the source table.
SourceTable *string `type:"string"`
// The source type.
SourceType *string `type:"string"`
// The target path.
TargetPath *string `type:"string"`
// The target table.
TargetTable *string `type:"string"`
// The target type.
TargetType *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s MappingEntry) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s MappingEntry) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetSourcePath sets the SourcePath field's value.
func (s *MappingEntry) SetSourcePath(v string) *MappingEntry {
s.SourcePath = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceTable sets the SourceTable field's value.
func (s *MappingEntry) SetSourceTable(v string) *MappingEntry {
s.SourceTable = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
func (s *MappingEntry) SetSourceType(v string) *MappingEntry {
s.SourceType = &v
return s
}
// SetTargetPath sets the TargetPath field's value.
func (s *MappingEntry) SetTargetPath(v string) *MappingEntry {
s.TargetPath = &v
return s
}
// SetTargetTable sets the TargetTable field's value.
func (s *MappingEntry) SetTargetTable(v string) *MappingEntry {
s.TargetTable = &v
return s
}
// SetTargetType sets the TargetType field's value.
func (s *MappingEntry) SetTargetType(v string) *MappingEntry {
s.TargetType = &v
return s
}
// Specifies configuration properties of a notification.
type NotificationProperty struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// After a job run starts, the number of minutes to wait before sending a job
// run delay notification.
NotifyDelayAfter *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s NotificationProperty) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s NotificationProperty) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *NotificationProperty) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "NotificationProperty"}
if s.NotifyDelayAfter != nil && *s.NotifyDelayAfter < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("NotifyDelayAfter", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetNotifyDelayAfter sets the NotifyDelayAfter field's value.
func (s *NotificationProperty) SetNotifyDelayAfter(v int64) *NotificationProperty {
s.NotifyDelayAfter = &v
return s
}
// Specifies the sort order of a sorted column.
type Order struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the column.
//
// Column is a required field
Column *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Indicates that the column is sorted in ascending order (== 1), or in descending
// order (==0).
//
// SortOrder is a required field
SortOrder *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Order) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Order) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Order) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Order"}
if s.Column == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Column"))
}
if s.Column != nil && len(*s.Column) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Column", 1))
}
if s.SortOrder == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SortOrder"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetColumn sets the Column field's value.
func (s *Order) SetColumn(v string) *Order {
s.Column = &v
return s
}
// SetSortOrder sets the SortOrder field's value.
func (s *Order) SetSortOrder(v int64) *Order {
s.SortOrder = &v
return s
}
// Represents a slice of table data.
type Partition struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The time at which the partition was created.
CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The name of the catalog database where the table in question is located.
DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The last time at which the partition was accessed.
LastAccessTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The last time at which column statistics were computed for this partition.
LastAnalyzedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// Partition parameters, in the form of a list of key-value pairs.
Parameters map[string]*string `type:"map"`
// Provides information about the physical location where the partition is stored.
StorageDescriptor *StorageDescriptor `type:"structure"`
// The name of the table in question.
TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The values of the partition.
Values []*string `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Partition) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Partition) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCreationTime sets the CreationTime field's value.
func (s *Partition) SetCreationTime(v time.Time) *Partition {
s.CreationTime = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *Partition) SetDatabaseName(v string) *Partition {
s.DatabaseName = &v
return s
}
// SetLastAccessTime sets the LastAccessTime field's value.
func (s *Partition) SetLastAccessTime(v time.Time) *Partition {
s.LastAccessTime = &v
return s
}
// SetLastAnalyzedTime sets the LastAnalyzedTime field's value.
func (s *Partition) SetLastAnalyzedTime(v time.Time) *Partition {
s.LastAnalyzedTime = &v
return s
}
// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
func (s *Partition) SetParameters(v map[string]*string) *Partition {
s.Parameters = v
return s
}
// SetStorageDescriptor sets the StorageDescriptor field's value.
func (s *Partition) SetStorageDescriptor(v *StorageDescriptor) *Partition {
s.StorageDescriptor = v
return s
}
// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *Partition) SetTableName(v string) *Partition {
s.TableName = &v
return s
}
// SetValues sets the Values field's value.
func (s *Partition) SetValues(v []*string) *Partition {
s.Values = v
return s
}
// Contains information about a partition error.
type PartitionError struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Details about the partition error.
ErrorDetail *ErrorDetail `type:"structure"`
// The values that define the partition.
PartitionValues []*string `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PartitionError) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PartitionError) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetErrorDetail sets the ErrorDetail field's value.
func (s *PartitionError) SetErrorDetail(v *ErrorDetail) *PartitionError {
s.ErrorDetail = v
return s
}
// SetPartitionValues sets the PartitionValues field's value.
func (s *PartitionError) SetPartitionValues(v []*string) *PartitionError {
s.PartitionValues = v
return s
}
// The structure used to create and update a partion.
type PartitionInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The last time at which the partition was accessed.
LastAccessTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The last time at which column statistics were computed for this partition.
LastAnalyzedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// Partition parameters, in the form of a list of key-value pairs.
Parameters map[string]*string `type:"map"`
// Provides information about the physical location where the partition is stored.
StorageDescriptor *StorageDescriptor `type:"structure"`
// The values of the partition.
Values []*string `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PartitionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PartitionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PartitionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PartitionInput"}
if s.StorageDescriptor != nil {
if err := s.StorageDescriptor.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("StorageDescriptor", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetLastAccessTime sets the LastAccessTime field's value.
func (s *PartitionInput) SetLastAccessTime(v time.Time) *PartitionInput {
s.LastAccessTime = &v
return s
}
// SetLastAnalyzedTime sets the LastAnalyzedTime field's value.
func (s *PartitionInput) SetLastAnalyzedTime(v time.Time) *PartitionInput {
s.LastAnalyzedTime = &v
return s
}
// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
func (s *PartitionInput) SetParameters(v map[string]*string) *PartitionInput {
s.Parameters = v
return s
}
// SetStorageDescriptor sets the StorageDescriptor field's value.
func (s *PartitionInput) SetStorageDescriptor(v *StorageDescriptor) *PartitionInput {
s.StorageDescriptor = v
return s
}
// SetValues sets the Values field's value.
func (s *PartitionInput) SetValues(v []*string) *PartitionInput {
s.Values = v
return s
}
// Contains a list of values defining partitions.
type PartitionValueList struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The list of values.
//
// Values is a required field
Values []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PartitionValueList) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PartitionValueList) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PartitionValueList) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PartitionValueList"}
if s.Values == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Values"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetValues sets the Values field's value.
func (s *PartitionValueList) SetValues(v []*string) *PartitionValueList {
s.Values = v
return s
}
// Specifies the physical requirements for a connection.
type PhysicalConnectionRequirements struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The connection's availability zone. This field is deprecated and has no effect.
AvailabilityZone *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The security group ID list used by the connection.
SecurityGroupIdList []*string `type:"list"`
// The subnet ID used by the connection.
SubnetId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PhysicalConnectionRequirements) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PhysicalConnectionRequirements) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PhysicalConnectionRequirements) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PhysicalConnectionRequirements"}
if s.AvailabilityZone != nil && len(*s.AvailabilityZone) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AvailabilityZone", 1))
}
if s.SubnetId != nil && len(*s.SubnetId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SubnetId", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
func (s *PhysicalConnectionRequirements) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *PhysicalConnectionRequirements {
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
return s
}
// SetSecurityGroupIdList sets the SecurityGroupIdList field's value.
func (s *PhysicalConnectionRequirements) SetSecurityGroupIdList(v []*string) *PhysicalConnectionRequirements {
s.SecurityGroupIdList = v
return s
}
// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.
func (s *PhysicalConnectionRequirements) SetSubnetId(v string) *PhysicalConnectionRequirements {
s.SubnetId = &v
return s
}
// A job run that was used in the predicate of a conditional trigger that triggered
// this job run.
type Predecessor struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the job definition used by the predecessor job run.
JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The job-run ID of the predecessor job run.
RunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Predecessor) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Predecessor) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.
func (s *Predecessor) SetJobName(v string) *Predecessor {
s.JobName = &v
return s
}
// SetRunId sets the RunId field's value.
func (s *Predecessor) SetRunId(v string) *Predecessor {
s.RunId = &v
return s
}
// Defines the predicate of the trigger, which determines when it fires.
type Predicate struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of the conditions that determine when the trigger will fire.
Conditions []*Condition `type:"list"`
// Optional field if only one condition is listed. If multiple conditions are
// listed, then this field is required.
Logical *string `type:"string" enum:"Logical"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Predicate) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Predicate) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Predicate) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Predicate"}
if s.Conditions != nil {
for i, v := range s.Conditions {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Conditions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetConditions sets the Conditions field's value.
func (s *Predicate) SetConditions(v []*Condition) *Predicate {
s.Conditions = v
return s
}
// SetLogical sets the Logical field's value.
func (s *Predicate) SetLogical(v string) *Predicate {
s.Logical = &v
return s
}
type ResetJobBookmarkInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the job in question.
//
// JobName is a required field
JobName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ResetJobBookmarkInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ResetJobBookmarkInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ResetJobBookmarkInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ResetJobBookmarkInput"}
if s.JobName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("JobName"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.
func (s *ResetJobBookmarkInput) SetJobName(v string) *ResetJobBookmarkInput {
s.JobName = &v
return s
}
type ResetJobBookmarkOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The reset bookmark entry.
JobBookmarkEntry *JobBookmarkEntry `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ResetJobBookmarkOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ResetJobBookmarkOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetJobBookmarkEntry sets the JobBookmarkEntry field's value.
func (s *ResetJobBookmarkOutput) SetJobBookmarkEntry(v *JobBookmarkEntry) *ResetJobBookmarkOutput {
s.JobBookmarkEntry = v
return s
}
// URIs for function resources.
type ResourceUri struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The type of the resource.
ResourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"ResourceType"`
// The URI for accessing the resource.
Uri *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ResourceUri) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ResourceUri) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ResourceUri) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ResourceUri"}
if s.Uri != nil && len(*s.Uri) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Uri", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value.
func (s *ResourceUri) SetResourceType(v string) *ResourceUri {
s.ResourceType = &v
return s
}
// SetUri sets the Uri field's value.
func (s *ResourceUri) SetUri(v string) *ResourceUri {
s.Uri = &v
return s
}
// Specifies a data store in Amazon S3.
type S3Target struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of glob patterns used to exclude from the crawl. For more information,
// see Catalog Tables with a Crawler (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/add-crawler.html).
Exclusions []*string `type:"list"`
// The path to the Amazon S3 target.
Path *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s S3Target) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s S3Target) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetExclusions sets the Exclusions field's value.
func (s *S3Target) SetExclusions(v []*string) *S3Target {
s.Exclusions = v
return s
}
// SetPath sets the Path field's value.
func (s *S3Target) SetPath(v string) *S3Target {
s.Path = &v
return s
}
// A scheduling object using a cron statement to schedule an event.
type Schedule struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A cron expression used to specify the schedule (see Time-Based Schedules
// for Jobs and Crawlers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-data-warehouse-schedule.html).
// For example, to run something every day at 12:15 UTC, you would specify:
// cron(15 12 * * ? *).
ScheduleExpression *string `type:"string"`
// The state of the schedule.
State *string `type:"string" enum:"ScheduleState"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Schedule) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Schedule) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetScheduleExpression sets the ScheduleExpression field's value.
func (s *Schedule) SetScheduleExpression(v string) *Schedule {
s.ScheduleExpression = &v
return s
}
// SetState sets the State field's value.
func (s *Schedule) SetState(v string) *Schedule {
s.State = &v
return s
}
// Crawler policy for update and deletion behavior.
type SchemaChangePolicy struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The deletion behavior when the crawler finds a deleted object.
DeleteBehavior *string `type:"string" enum:"DeleteBehavior"`
// The update behavior when the crawler finds a changed schema.
UpdateBehavior *string `type:"string" enum:"UpdateBehavior"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s SchemaChangePolicy) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SchemaChangePolicy) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDeleteBehavior sets the DeleteBehavior field's value.
func (s *SchemaChangePolicy) SetDeleteBehavior(v string) *SchemaChangePolicy {
s.DeleteBehavior = &v
return s
}
// SetUpdateBehavior sets the UpdateBehavior field's value.
func (s *SchemaChangePolicy) SetUpdateBehavior(v string) *SchemaChangePolicy {
s.UpdateBehavior = &v
return s
}
// Defines a non-overlapping region of a table's partitions, allowing multiple
// requests to be executed in parallel.
type Segment struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The zero-based index number of the this segment. For example, if the total
// number of segments is 4, SegmentNumber values will range from zero through
// three.
//
// SegmentNumber is a required field
SegmentNumber *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"`
// The total numer of segments.
//
// TotalSegments is a required field
TotalSegments *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Segment) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Segment) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Segment) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Segment"}
if s.SegmentNumber == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SegmentNumber"))
}
if s.TotalSegments == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TotalSegments"))
}
if s.TotalSegments != nil && *s.TotalSegments < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("TotalSegments", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetSegmentNumber sets the SegmentNumber field's value.
func (s *Segment) SetSegmentNumber(v int64) *Segment {
s.SegmentNumber = &v
return s
}
// SetTotalSegments sets the TotalSegments field's value.
func (s *Segment) SetTotalSegments(v int64) *Segment {
s.TotalSegments = &v
return s
}
// Information about a serialization/deserialization program (SerDe) which serves
// as an extractor and loader.
type SerDeInfo struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Name of the SerDe.
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// A list of initialization parameters for the SerDe, in key-value form.
Parameters map[string]*string `type:"map"`
// Usually the class that implements the SerDe. An example is: org.apache.hadoop.hive.serde2.columnar.ColumnarSerDe.
SerializationLibrary *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s SerDeInfo) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SerDeInfo) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *SerDeInfo) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SerDeInfo"}
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
}
if s.SerializationLibrary != nil && len(*s.SerializationLibrary) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SerializationLibrary", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *SerDeInfo) SetName(v string) *SerDeInfo {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
func (s *SerDeInfo) SetParameters(v map[string]*string) *SerDeInfo {
s.Parameters = v
return s
}
// SetSerializationLibrary sets the SerializationLibrary field's value.
func (s *SerDeInfo) SetSerializationLibrary(v string) *SerDeInfo {
s.SerializationLibrary = &v
return s
}
// Specifies skewed values in a table. Skewed are ones that occur with very
// high frequency.
type SkewedInfo struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of names of columns that contain skewed values.
SkewedColumnNames []*string `type:"list"`
// A mapping of skewed values to the columns that contain them.
SkewedColumnValueLocationMaps map[string]*string `type:"map"`
// A list of values that appear so frequently as to be considered skewed.
SkewedColumnValues []*string `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s SkewedInfo) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SkewedInfo) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetSkewedColumnNames sets the SkewedColumnNames field's value.
func (s *SkewedInfo) SetSkewedColumnNames(v []*string) *SkewedInfo {
s.SkewedColumnNames = v
return s
}
// SetSkewedColumnValueLocationMaps sets the SkewedColumnValueLocationMaps field's value.
func (s *SkewedInfo) SetSkewedColumnValueLocationMaps(v map[string]*string) *SkewedInfo {
s.SkewedColumnValueLocationMaps = v
return s
}
// SetSkewedColumnValues sets the SkewedColumnValues field's value.
func (s *SkewedInfo) SetSkewedColumnValues(v []*string) *SkewedInfo {
s.SkewedColumnValues = v
return s
}
type StartCrawlerInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Name of the crawler to start.
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s StartCrawlerInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StartCrawlerInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *StartCrawlerInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartCrawlerInput"}
if s.Name == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
}
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *StartCrawlerInput) SetName(v string) *StartCrawlerInput {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
type StartCrawlerOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s StartCrawlerOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StartCrawlerOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type StartCrawlerScheduleInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Name of the crawler to schedule.
//
// CrawlerName is a required field
CrawlerName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s StartCrawlerScheduleInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StartCrawlerScheduleInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *StartCrawlerScheduleInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartCrawlerScheduleInput"}
if s.CrawlerName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CrawlerName"))
}
if s.CrawlerName != nil && len(*s.CrawlerName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CrawlerName", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCrawlerName sets the CrawlerName field's value.
func (s *StartCrawlerScheduleInput) SetCrawlerName(v string) *StartCrawlerScheduleInput {
s.CrawlerName = &v
return s
}
type StartCrawlerScheduleOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s StartCrawlerScheduleOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StartCrawlerScheduleOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type StartJobRunInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) to allocate to this JobRun.
// From 2 to 100 DPUs can be allocated; the default is 10. A DPU is a relative
// measure of processing power that consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity
// and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see the AWS Glue pricing page
// (https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/).
AllocatedCapacity *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The job arguments specifically for this run. They override the equivalent
// default arguments set for in the job definition itself.
//
// You can specify arguments here that your own job-execution script consumes,
// as well as arguments that AWS Glue itself consumes.
//
// For information about how to specify and consume your own Job arguments,
// see the Calling AWS Glue APIs in Python (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-python-calling.html)
// topic in the developer guide.
//
// For information about the key-value pairs that AWS Glue consumes to set up
// your job, see the Special Parameters Used by AWS Glue (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-etl-glue-arguments.html)
// topic in the developer guide.
Arguments map[string]*string `type:"map"`
// The name of the job definition to use.
//
// JobName is a required field
JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The ID of a previous JobRun to retry.
JobRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// Specifies configuration properties of a job run notification.
NotificationProperty *NotificationProperty `type:"structure"`
// The job run timeout in minutes. It overrides the timeout value of the job.
Timeout *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s StartJobRunInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StartJobRunInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *StartJobRunInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartJobRunInput"}
if s.JobName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("JobName"))
}
if s.JobName != nil && len(*s.JobName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("JobName", 1))
}
if s.JobRunId != nil && len(*s.JobRunId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("JobRunId", 1))
}
if s.Timeout != nil && *s.Timeout < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Timeout", 1))
}
if s.NotificationProperty != nil {
if err := s.NotificationProperty.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("NotificationProperty", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAllocatedCapacity sets the AllocatedCapacity field's value.
func (s *StartJobRunInput) SetAllocatedCapacity(v int64) *StartJobRunInput {
s.AllocatedCapacity = &v
return s
}
// SetArguments sets the Arguments field's value.
func (s *StartJobRunInput) SetArguments(v map[string]*string) *StartJobRunInput {
s.Arguments = v
return s
}
// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.
func (s *StartJobRunInput) SetJobName(v string) *StartJobRunInput {
s.JobName = &v
return s
}
// SetJobRunId sets the JobRunId field's value.
func (s *StartJobRunInput) SetJobRunId(v string) *StartJobRunInput {
s.JobRunId = &v
return s
}
// SetNotificationProperty sets the NotificationProperty field's value.
func (s *StartJobRunInput) SetNotificationProperty(v *NotificationProperty) *StartJobRunInput {
s.NotificationProperty = v
return s
}
// SetTimeout sets the Timeout field's value.
func (s *StartJobRunInput) SetTimeout(v int64) *StartJobRunInput {
s.Timeout = &v
return s
}
type StartJobRunOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID assigned to this job run.
JobRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s StartJobRunOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StartJobRunOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetJobRunId sets the JobRunId field's value.
func (s *StartJobRunOutput) SetJobRunId(v string) *StartJobRunOutput {
s.JobRunId = &v
return s
}
type StartTriggerInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the trigger to start.
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s StartTriggerInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StartTriggerInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *StartTriggerInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartTriggerInput"}
if s.Name == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
}
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *StartTriggerInput) SetName(v string) *StartTriggerInput {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
type StartTriggerOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the trigger that was started.
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s StartTriggerOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StartTriggerOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *StartTriggerOutput) SetName(v string) *StartTriggerOutput {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
type StopCrawlerInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Name of the crawler to stop.
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s StopCrawlerInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StopCrawlerInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *StopCrawlerInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StopCrawlerInput"}
if s.Name == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
}
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *StopCrawlerInput) SetName(v string) *StopCrawlerInput {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
type StopCrawlerOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s StopCrawlerOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StopCrawlerOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type StopCrawlerScheduleInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Name of the crawler whose schedule state to set.
//
// CrawlerName is a required field
CrawlerName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s StopCrawlerScheduleInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StopCrawlerScheduleInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *StopCrawlerScheduleInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StopCrawlerScheduleInput"}
if s.CrawlerName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CrawlerName"))
}
if s.CrawlerName != nil && len(*s.CrawlerName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CrawlerName", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCrawlerName sets the CrawlerName field's value.
func (s *StopCrawlerScheduleInput) SetCrawlerName(v string) *StopCrawlerScheduleInput {
s.CrawlerName = &v
return s
}
type StopCrawlerScheduleOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s StopCrawlerScheduleOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StopCrawlerScheduleOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type StopTriggerInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the trigger to stop.
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s StopTriggerInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StopTriggerInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *StopTriggerInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StopTriggerInput"}
if s.Name == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
}
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *StopTriggerInput) SetName(v string) *StopTriggerInput {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
type StopTriggerOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the trigger that was stopped.
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s StopTriggerOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StopTriggerOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *StopTriggerOutput) SetName(v string) *StopTriggerOutput {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// Describes the physical storage of table data.
type StorageDescriptor struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of reducer grouping columns, clustering columns, and bucketing columns
// in the table.
BucketColumns []*string `type:"list"`
// A list of the Columns in the table.
Columns []*Column `type:"list"`
// True if the data in the table is compressed, or False if not.
Compressed *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The input format: SequenceFileInputFormat (binary), or TextInputFormat, or
// a custom format.
InputFormat *string `type:"string"`
// The physical location of the table. By default this takes the form of the
// warehouse location, followed by the database location in the warehouse, followed
// by the table name.
Location *string `type:"string"`
// Must be specified if the table contains any dimension columns.
NumberOfBuckets *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The output format: SequenceFileOutputFormat (binary), or IgnoreKeyTextOutputFormat,
// or a custom format.
OutputFormat *string `type:"string"`
// User-supplied properties in key-value form.
Parameters map[string]*string `type:"map"`
// Serialization/deserialization (SerDe) information.
SerdeInfo *SerDeInfo `type:"structure"`
// Information about values that appear very frequently in a column (skewed
// values).
SkewedInfo *SkewedInfo `type:"structure"`
// A list specifying the sort order of each bucket in the table.
SortColumns []*Order `type:"list"`
// True if the table data is stored in subdirectories, or False if not.
StoredAsSubDirectories *bool `type:"boolean"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s StorageDescriptor) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StorageDescriptor) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *StorageDescriptor) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StorageDescriptor"}
if s.Columns != nil {
for i, v := range s.Columns {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Columns", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if s.SerdeInfo != nil {
if err := s.SerdeInfo.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("SerdeInfo", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.SortColumns != nil {
for i, v := range s.SortColumns {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "SortColumns", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucketColumns sets the BucketColumns field's value.
func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetBucketColumns(v []*string) *StorageDescriptor {
s.BucketColumns = v
return s
}
// SetColumns sets the Columns field's value.
func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetColumns(v []*Column) *StorageDescriptor {
s.Columns = v
return s
}
// SetCompressed sets the Compressed field's value.
func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetCompressed(v bool) *StorageDescriptor {
s.Compressed = &v
return s
}
// SetInputFormat sets the InputFormat field's value.
func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetInputFormat(v string) *StorageDescriptor {
s.InputFormat = &v
return s
}
// SetLocation sets the Location field's value.
func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetLocation(v string) *StorageDescriptor {
s.Location = &v
return s
}
// SetNumberOfBuckets sets the NumberOfBuckets field's value.
func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetNumberOfBuckets(v int64) *StorageDescriptor {
s.NumberOfBuckets = &v
return s
}
// SetOutputFormat sets the OutputFormat field's value.
func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetOutputFormat(v string) *StorageDescriptor {
s.OutputFormat = &v
return s
}
// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetParameters(v map[string]*string) *StorageDescriptor {
s.Parameters = v
return s
}
// SetSerdeInfo sets the SerdeInfo field's value.
func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetSerdeInfo(v *SerDeInfo) *StorageDescriptor {
s.SerdeInfo = v
return s
}
// SetSkewedInfo sets the SkewedInfo field's value.
func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetSkewedInfo(v *SkewedInfo) *StorageDescriptor {
s.SkewedInfo = v
return s
}
// SetSortColumns sets the SortColumns field's value.
func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetSortColumns(v []*Order) *StorageDescriptor {
s.SortColumns = v
return s
}
// SetStoredAsSubDirectories sets the StoredAsSubDirectories field's value.
func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetStoredAsSubDirectories(v bool) *StorageDescriptor {
s.StoredAsSubDirectories = &v
return s
}
// Represents a collection of related data organized in columns and rows.
type Table struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Time when the table definition was created in the Data Catalog.
CreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// Person or entity who created the table.
CreatedBy *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// Name of the metadata database where the table metadata resides. For Hive
// compatibility, this must be all lowercase.
DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// Description of the table.
Description *string `type:"string"`
// Last time the table was accessed. This is usually taken from HDFS, and may
// not be reliable.
LastAccessTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// Last time column statistics were computed for this table.
LastAnalyzedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// Name of the table. For Hive compatibility, this must be entirely lowercase.
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Owner of the table.
Owner *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// Properties associated with this table, as a list of key-value pairs.
Parameters map[string]*string `type:"map"`
// A list of columns by which the table is partitioned. Only primitive types
// are supported as partition keys.
PartitionKeys []*Column `type:"list"`
// Retention time for this table.
Retention *int64 `type:"integer"`
// A storage descriptor containing information about the physical storage of
// this table.
StorageDescriptor *StorageDescriptor `type:"structure"`
// The type of this table (EXTERNAL_TABLE, VIRTUAL_VIEW, etc.).
TableType *string `type:"string"`
// Last time the table was updated.
UpdateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// If the table is a view, the expanded text of the view; otherwise null.
ViewExpandedText *string `type:"string"`
// If the table is a view, the original text of the view; otherwise null.
ViewOriginalText *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Table) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Table) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCreateTime sets the CreateTime field's value.
func (s *Table) SetCreateTime(v time.Time) *Table {
s.CreateTime = &v
return s
}
// SetCreatedBy sets the CreatedBy field's value.
func (s *Table) SetCreatedBy(v string) *Table {
s.CreatedBy = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *Table) SetDatabaseName(v string) *Table {
s.DatabaseName = &v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *Table) SetDescription(v string) *Table {
s.Description = &v
return s
}
// SetLastAccessTime sets the LastAccessTime field's value.
func (s *Table) SetLastAccessTime(v time.Time) *Table {
s.LastAccessTime = &v
return s
}
// SetLastAnalyzedTime sets the LastAnalyzedTime field's value.
func (s *Table) SetLastAnalyzedTime(v time.Time) *Table {
s.LastAnalyzedTime = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *Table) SetName(v string) *Table {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
func (s *Table) SetOwner(v string) *Table {
s.Owner = &v
return s
}
// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
func (s *Table) SetParameters(v map[string]*string) *Table {
s.Parameters = v
return s
}
// SetPartitionKeys sets the PartitionKeys field's value.
func (s *Table) SetPartitionKeys(v []*Column) *Table {
s.PartitionKeys = v
return s
}
// SetRetention sets the Retention field's value.
func (s *Table) SetRetention(v int64) *Table {
s.Retention = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageDescriptor sets the StorageDescriptor field's value.
func (s *Table) SetStorageDescriptor(v *StorageDescriptor) *Table {
s.StorageDescriptor = v
return s
}
// SetTableType sets the TableType field's value.
func (s *Table) SetTableType(v string) *Table {
s.TableType = &v
return s
}
// SetUpdateTime sets the UpdateTime field's value.
func (s *Table) SetUpdateTime(v time.Time) *Table {
s.UpdateTime = &v
return s
}
// SetViewExpandedText sets the ViewExpandedText field's value.
func (s *Table) SetViewExpandedText(v string) *Table {
s.ViewExpandedText = &v
return s
}
// SetViewOriginalText sets the ViewOriginalText field's value.
func (s *Table) SetViewOriginalText(v string) *Table {
s.ViewOriginalText = &v
return s
}
// An error record for table operations.
type TableError struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Detail about the error.
ErrorDetail *ErrorDetail `type:"structure"`
// Name of the table. For Hive compatibility, this must be entirely lowercase.
TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s TableError) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s TableError) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetErrorDetail sets the ErrorDetail field's value.
func (s *TableError) SetErrorDetail(v *ErrorDetail) *TableError {
s.ErrorDetail = v
return s
}
// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *TableError) SetTableName(v string) *TableError {
s.TableName = &v
return s
}
// Structure used to create or update the table.
type TableInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Description of the table.
Description *string `type:"string"`
// Last time the table was accessed.
LastAccessTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// Last time column statistics were computed for this table.
LastAnalyzedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// Name of the table. For Hive compatibility, this is folded to lowercase when
// it is stored.
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Owner of the table.
Owner *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// Properties associated with this table, as a list of key-value pairs.
Parameters map[string]*string `type:"map"`
// A list of columns by which the table is partitioned. Only primitive types
// are supported as partition keys.
PartitionKeys []*Column `type:"list"`
// Retention time for this table.
Retention *int64 `type:"integer"`
// A storage descriptor containing information about the physical storage of
// this table.
StorageDescriptor *StorageDescriptor `type:"structure"`
// The type of this table (EXTERNAL_TABLE, VIRTUAL_VIEW, etc.).
TableType *string `type:"string"`
// If the table is a view, the expanded text of the view; otherwise null.
ViewExpandedText *string `type:"string"`
// If the table is a view, the original text of the view; otherwise null.
ViewOriginalText *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s TableInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s TableInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *TableInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TableInput"}
if s.Name == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
}
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
}
if s.Owner != nil && len(*s.Owner) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Owner", 1))
}
if s.PartitionKeys != nil {
for i, v := range s.PartitionKeys {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "PartitionKeys", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if s.StorageDescriptor != nil {
if err := s.StorageDescriptor.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("StorageDescriptor", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *TableInput) SetDescription(v string) *TableInput {
s.Description = &v
return s
}
// SetLastAccessTime sets the LastAccessTime field's value.
func (s *TableInput) SetLastAccessTime(v time.Time) *TableInput {
s.LastAccessTime = &v
return s
}
// SetLastAnalyzedTime sets the LastAnalyzedTime field's value.
func (s *TableInput) SetLastAnalyzedTime(v time.Time) *TableInput {
s.LastAnalyzedTime = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *TableInput) SetName(v string) *TableInput {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
func (s *TableInput) SetOwner(v string) *TableInput {
s.Owner = &v
return s
}
// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
func (s *TableInput) SetParameters(v map[string]*string) *TableInput {
s.Parameters = v
return s
}
// SetPartitionKeys sets the PartitionKeys field's value.
func (s *TableInput) SetPartitionKeys(v []*Column) *TableInput {
s.PartitionKeys = v
return s
}
// SetRetention sets the Retention field's value.
func (s *TableInput) SetRetention(v int64) *TableInput {
s.Retention = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageDescriptor sets the StorageDescriptor field's value.
func (s *TableInput) SetStorageDescriptor(v *StorageDescriptor) *TableInput {
s.StorageDescriptor = v
return s
}
// SetTableType sets the TableType field's value.
func (s *TableInput) SetTableType(v string) *TableInput {
s.TableType = &v
return s
}
// SetViewExpandedText sets the ViewExpandedText field's value.
func (s *TableInput) SetViewExpandedText(v string) *TableInput {
s.ViewExpandedText = &v
return s
}
// SetViewOriginalText sets the ViewOriginalText field's value.
func (s *TableInput) SetViewOriginalText(v string) *TableInput {
s.ViewOriginalText = &v
return s
}
// Specifies a version of a table.
type TableVersion struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The table in question
Table *Table `type:"structure"`
// The ID value that identifies this table version.
VersionId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s TableVersion) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s TableVersion) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetTable sets the Table field's value.
func (s *TableVersion) SetTable(v *Table) *TableVersion {
s.Table = v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *TableVersion) SetVersionId(v string) *TableVersion {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
// An error record for table-version operations.
type TableVersionError struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Detail about the error.
ErrorDetail *ErrorDetail `type:"structure"`
// The name of the table in question.
TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The ID value of the version in question.
VersionId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s TableVersionError) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s TableVersionError) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetErrorDetail sets the ErrorDetail field's value.
func (s *TableVersionError) SetErrorDetail(v *ErrorDetail) *TableVersionError {
s.ErrorDetail = v
return s
}
// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *TableVersionError) SetTableName(v string) *TableVersionError {
s.TableName = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *TableVersionError) SetVersionId(v string) *TableVersionError {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
// Information about a specific trigger.
type Trigger struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The actions initiated by this trigger.
Actions []*Action `type:"list"`
// A description of this trigger.
Description *string `type:"string"`
// Reserved for future use.
Id *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// Name of the trigger.
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The predicate of this trigger, which defines when it will fire.
Predicate *Predicate `type:"structure"`
// A cron expression used to specify the schedule (see Time-Based Schedules
// for Jobs and Crawlers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-data-warehouse-schedule.html).
// For example, to run something every day at 12:15 UTC, you would specify:
// cron(15 12 * * ? *).
Schedule *string `type:"string"`
// The current state of the trigger.
State *string `type:"string" enum:"TriggerState"`
// The type of trigger that this is.
Type *string `type:"string" enum:"TriggerType"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Trigger) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Trigger) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetActions sets the Actions field's value.
func (s *Trigger) SetActions(v []*Action) *Trigger {
s.Actions = v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *Trigger) SetDescription(v string) *Trigger {
s.Description = &v
return s
}
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *Trigger) SetId(v string) *Trigger {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *Trigger) SetName(v string) *Trigger {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetPredicate sets the Predicate field's value.
func (s *Trigger) SetPredicate(v *Predicate) *Trigger {
s.Predicate = v
return s
}
// SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value.
func (s *Trigger) SetSchedule(v string) *Trigger {
s.Schedule = &v
return s
}
// SetState sets the State field's value.
func (s *Trigger) SetState(v string) *Trigger {
s.State = &v
return s
}
// SetType sets the Type field's value.
func (s *Trigger) SetType(v string) *Trigger {
s.Type = &v
return s
}
// A structure used to provide information used to update a trigger. This object
// will update the the previous trigger definition by overwriting it completely.
type TriggerUpdate struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The actions initiated by this trigger.
Actions []*Action `type:"list"`
// A description of this trigger.
Description *string `type:"string"`
// Reserved for future use.
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The predicate of this trigger, which defines when it will fire.
Predicate *Predicate `type:"structure"`
// A cron expression used to specify the schedule (see Time-Based Schedules
// for Jobs and Crawlers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-data-warehouse-schedule.html).
// For example, to run something every day at 12:15 UTC, you would specify:
// cron(15 12 * * ? *).
Schedule *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s TriggerUpdate) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s TriggerUpdate) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *TriggerUpdate) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TriggerUpdate"}
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
}
if s.Actions != nil {
for i, v := range s.Actions {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Actions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if s.Predicate != nil {
if err := s.Predicate.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Predicate", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetActions sets the Actions field's value.
func (s *TriggerUpdate) SetActions(v []*Action) *TriggerUpdate {
s.Actions = v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *TriggerUpdate) SetDescription(v string) *TriggerUpdate {
s.Description = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *TriggerUpdate) SetName(v string) *TriggerUpdate {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetPredicate sets the Predicate field's value.
func (s *TriggerUpdate) SetPredicate(v *Predicate) *TriggerUpdate {
s.Predicate = v
return s
}
// SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value.
func (s *TriggerUpdate) SetSchedule(v string) *TriggerUpdate {
s.Schedule = &v
return s
}
type UpdateClassifierInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A GrokClassifier object with updated fields.
GrokClassifier *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest `type:"structure"`
// A JsonClassifier object with updated fields.
JsonClassifier *UpdateJsonClassifierRequest `type:"structure"`
// An XMLClassifier object with updated fields.
XMLClassifier *UpdateXMLClassifierRequest `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateClassifierInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateClassifierInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdateClassifierInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateClassifierInput"}
if s.GrokClassifier != nil {
if err := s.GrokClassifier.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("GrokClassifier", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.JsonClassifier != nil {
if err := s.JsonClassifier.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("JsonClassifier", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.XMLClassifier != nil {
if err := s.XMLClassifier.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("XMLClassifier", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetGrokClassifier sets the GrokClassifier field's value.
func (s *UpdateClassifierInput) SetGrokClassifier(v *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) *UpdateClassifierInput {
s.GrokClassifier = v
return s
}
// SetJsonClassifier sets the JsonClassifier field's value.
func (s *UpdateClassifierInput) SetJsonClassifier(v *UpdateJsonClassifierRequest) *UpdateClassifierInput {
s.JsonClassifier = v
return s
}
// SetXMLClassifier sets the XMLClassifier field's value.
func (s *UpdateClassifierInput) SetXMLClassifier(v *UpdateXMLClassifierRequest) *UpdateClassifierInput {
s.XMLClassifier = v
return s
}
type UpdateClassifierOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateClassifierOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateClassifierOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type UpdateConnectionInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the connection resides. If none is supplied,
// the AWS account ID is used by default.
CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// A ConnectionInput object that redefines the connection in question.
//
// ConnectionInput is a required field
ConnectionInput *ConnectionInput `type:"structure" required:"true"`
// The name of the connection definition to update.
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateConnectionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateConnectionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdateConnectionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateConnectionInput"}
if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
}
if s.ConnectionInput == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ConnectionInput"))
}
if s.Name == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
}
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
}
if s.ConnectionInput != nil {
if err := s.ConnectionInput.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("ConnectionInput", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *UpdateConnectionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *UpdateConnectionInput {
s.CatalogId = &v
return s
}
// SetConnectionInput sets the ConnectionInput field's value.
func (s *UpdateConnectionInput) SetConnectionInput(v *ConnectionInput) *UpdateConnectionInput {
s.ConnectionInput = v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *UpdateConnectionInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateConnectionInput {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
type UpdateConnectionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateConnectionOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateConnectionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type UpdateCrawlerInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of custom classifiers that the user has registered. By default, all
// built-in classifiers are included in a crawl, but these custom classifiers
// always override the default classifiers for a given classification.
Classifiers []*string `type:"list"`
// Crawler configuration information. This versioned JSON string allows users
// to specify aspects of a crawler's behavior. For more information, see Configuring
// a Crawler (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/crawler-configuration.html).
Configuration *string `type:"string"`
// The AWS Glue database where results are stored, such as: arn:aws:daylight:us-east-1::database/sometable/*.
DatabaseName *string `type:"string"`
// A description of the new crawler.
Description *string `type:"string"`
// Name of the new crawler.
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The IAM role (or ARN of an IAM role) used by the new crawler to access customer
// resources.
Role *string `type:"string"`
// A cron expression used to specify the schedule (see Time-Based Schedules
// for Jobs and Crawlers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-data-warehouse-schedule.html).
// For example, to run something every day at 12:15 UTC, you would specify:
// cron(15 12 * * ? *).
Schedule *string `type:"string"`
// Policy for the crawler's update and deletion behavior.
SchemaChangePolicy *SchemaChangePolicy `type:"structure"`
// The table prefix used for catalog tables that are created.
TablePrefix *string `type:"string"`
// A list of targets to crawl.
Targets *CrawlerTargets `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateCrawlerInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateCrawlerInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateCrawlerInput"}
if s.Name == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
}
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetClassifiers sets the Classifiers field's value.
func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetClassifiers(v []*string) *UpdateCrawlerInput {
s.Classifiers = v
return s
}
// SetConfiguration sets the Configuration field's value.
func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetConfiguration(v string) *UpdateCrawlerInput {
s.Configuration = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *UpdateCrawlerInput {
s.DatabaseName = &v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetDescription(v string) *UpdateCrawlerInput {
s.Description = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateCrawlerInput {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetRole sets the Role field's value.
func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetRole(v string) *UpdateCrawlerInput {
s.Role = &v
return s
}
// SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value.
func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetSchedule(v string) *UpdateCrawlerInput {
s.Schedule = &v
return s
}
// SetSchemaChangePolicy sets the SchemaChangePolicy field's value.
func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetSchemaChangePolicy(v *SchemaChangePolicy) *UpdateCrawlerInput {
s.SchemaChangePolicy = v
return s
}
// SetTablePrefix sets the TablePrefix field's value.
func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetTablePrefix(v string) *UpdateCrawlerInput {
s.TablePrefix = &v
return s
}
// SetTargets sets the Targets field's value.
func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetTargets(v *CrawlerTargets) *UpdateCrawlerInput {
s.Targets = v
return s
}
type UpdateCrawlerOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateCrawlerOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateCrawlerOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Name of the crawler whose schedule to update.
//
// CrawlerName is a required field
CrawlerName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The updated cron expression used to specify the schedule (see Time-Based
// Schedules for Jobs and Crawlers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-data-warehouse-schedule.html).
// For example, to run something every day at 12:15 UTC, you would specify:
// cron(15 12 * * ? *).
Schedule *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput"}
if s.CrawlerName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CrawlerName"))
}
if s.CrawlerName != nil && len(*s.CrawlerName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CrawlerName", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCrawlerName sets the CrawlerName field's value.
func (s *UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput) SetCrawlerName(v string) *UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput {
s.CrawlerName = &v
return s
}
// SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value.
func (s *UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput) SetSchedule(v string) *UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput {
s.Schedule = &v
return s
}
type UpdateCrawlerScheduleOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateCrawlerScheduleOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateCrawlerScheduleOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type UpdateDatabaseInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the metadata database resides. If none
// is supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default.
CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// A DatabaseInput object specifying the new definition of the metadata database
// in the catalog.
//
// DatabaseInput is a required field
DatabaseInput *DatabaseInput `type:"structure" required:"true"`
// The name of the database to update in the catalog. For Hive compatibility,
// this is folded to lowercase.
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateDatabaseInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateDatabaseInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdateDatabaseInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateDatabaseInput"}
if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
}
if s.DatabaseInput == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseInput"))
}
if s.Name == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
}
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
}
if s.DatabaseInput != nil {
if err := s.DatabaseInput.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("DatabaseInput", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *UpdateDatabaseInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *UpdateDatabaseInput {
s.CatalogId = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseInput sets the DatabaseInput field's value.
func (s *UpdateDatabaseInput) SetDatabaseInput(v *DatabaseInput) *UpdateDatabaseInput {
s.DatabaseInput = v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *UpdateDatabaseInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateDatabaseInput {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
type UpdateDatabaseOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateDatabaseOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateDatabaseOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type UpdateDevEndpointInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Custom Python or Java libraries to be loaded in the DevEndpoint.
CustomLibraries *DevEndpointCustomLibraries `type:"structure"`
// The name of the DevEndpoint to be updated.
//
// EndpointName is a required field
EndpointName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The public key for the DevEndpoint to use.
PublicKey *string `type:"string"`
// True if the list of custom libraries to be loaded in the development endpoint
// needs to be updated, or False otherwise.
UpdateEtlLibraries *bool `type:"boolean"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateDevEndpointInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateDevEndpointInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdateDevEndpointInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateDevEndpointInput"}
if s.EndpointName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EndpointName"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCustomLibraries sets the CustomLibraries field's value.
func (s *UpdateDevEndpointInput) SetCustomLibraries(v *DevEndpointCustomLibraries) *UpdateDevEndpointInput {
s.CustomLibraries = v
return s
}
// SetEndpointName sets the EndpointName field's value.
func (s *UpdateDevEndpointInput) SetEndpointName(v string) *UpdateDevEndpointInput {
s.EndpointName = &v
return s
}
// SetPublicKey sets the PublicKey field's value.
func (s *UpdateDevEndpointInput) SetPublicKey(v string) *UpdateDevEndpointInput {
s.PublicKey = &v
return s
}
// SetUpdateEtlLibraries sets the UpdateEtlLibraries field's value.
func (s *UpdateDevEndpointInput) SetUpdateEtlLibraries(v bool) *UpdateDevEndpointInput {
s.UpdateEtlLibraries = &v
return s
}
type UpdateDevEndpointOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateDevEndpointOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateDevEndpointOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Specifies a grok classifier to update when passed to UpdateClassifier.
type UpdateGrokClassifierRequest struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// An identifier of the data format that the classifier matches, such as Twitter,
// JSON, Omniture logs, Amazon CloudWatch Logs, and so on.
Classification *string `type:"string"`
// Optional custom grok patterns used by this classifier.
CustomPatterns *string `type:"string"`
// The grok pattern used by this classifier.
GrokPattern *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The name of the GrokClassifier.
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateGrokClassifierRequest"}
if s.GrokPattern != nil && len(*s.GrokPattern) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GrokPattern", 1))
}
if s.Name == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
}
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetClassification sets the Classification field's value.
func (s *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) SetClassification(v string) *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest {
s.Classification = &v
return s
}
// SetCustomPatterns sets the CustomPatterns field's value.
func (s *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) SetCustomPatterns(v string) *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest {
s.CustomPatterns = &v
return s
}
// SetGrokPattern sets the GrokPattern field's value.
func (s *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) SetGrokPattern(v string) *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest {
s.GrokPattern = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) SetName(v string) *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
type UpdateJobInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Name of the job definition to update.
//
// JobName is a required field
JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Specifies the values with which to update the job definition.
//
// JobUpdate is a required field
JobUpdate *JobUpdate `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateJobInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateJobInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdateJobInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateJobInput"}
if s.JobName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("JobName"))
}
if s.JobName != nil && len(*s.JobName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("JobName", 1))
}
if s.JobUpdate == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("JobUpdate"))
}
if s.JobUpdate != nil {
if err := s.JobUpdate.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("JobUpdate", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.
func (s *UpdateJobInput) SetJobName(v string) *UpdateJobInput {
s.JobName = &v
return s
}
// SetJobUpdate sets the JobUpdate field's value.
func (s *UpdateJobInput) SetJobUpdate(v *JobUpdate) *UpdateJobInput {
s.JobUpdate = v
return s
}
type UpdateJobOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Returns the name of the updated job definition.
JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateJobOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateJobOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.
func (s *UpdateJobOutput) SetJobName(v string) *UpdateJobOutput {
s.JobName = &v
return s
}
// Specifies a JSON classifier to be updated.
type UpdateJsonClassifierRequest struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A JsonPath string defining the JSON data for the classifier to classify.
// AWS Glue supports a subset of JsonPath, as described in Writing JsonPath
// Custom Classifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/custom-classifier.html#custom-classifier-json).
JsonPath *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the classifier.
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateJsonClassifierRequest) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateJsonClassifierRequest) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdateJsonClassifierRequest) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateJsonClassifierRequest"}
if s.Name == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
}
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetJsonPath sets the JsonPath field's value.
func (s *UpdateJsonClassifierRequest) SetJsonPath(v string) *UpdateJsonClassifierRequest {
s.JsonPath = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *UpdateJsonClassifierRequest) SetName(v string) *UpdateJsonClassifierRequest {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
type UpdatePartitionInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partition to be updated resides. If
// none is supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default.
CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The name of the catalog database in which the table in question resides.
//
// DatabaseName is a required field
DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The new partition object to which to update the partition.
//
// PartitionInput is a required field
PartitionInput *PartitionInput `type:"structure" required:"true"`
// A list of the values defining the partition.
//
// PartitionValueList is a required field
PartitionValueList []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
// The name of the table where the partition to be updated is located.
//
// TableName is a required field
TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdatePartitionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdatePartitionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdatePartitionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdatePartitionInput"}
if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
}
if s.DatabaseName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
}
if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
}
if s.PartitionInput == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartitionInput"))
}
if s.PartitionValueList == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartitionValueList"))
}
if s.TableName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName"))
}
if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1))
}
if s.PartitionInput != nil {
if err := s.PartitionInput.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("PartitionInput", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *UpdatePartitionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *UpdatePartitionInput {
s.CatalogId = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *UpdatePartitionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *UpdatePartitionInput {
s.DatabaseName = &v
return s
}
// SetPartitionInput sets the PartitionInput field's value.
func (s *UpdatePartitionInput) SetPartitionInput(v *PartitionInput) *UpdatePartitionInput {
s.PartitionInput = v
return s
}
// SetPartitionValueList sets the PartitionValueList field's value.
func (s *UpdatePartitionInput) SetPartitionValueList(v []*string) *UpdatePartitionInput {
s.PartitionValueList = v
return s
}
// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *UpdatePartitionInput) SetTableName(v string) *UpdatePartitionInput {
s.TableName = &v
return s
}
type UpdatePartitionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdatePartitionOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdatePartitionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type UpdateTableInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the Data Catalog where the table resides. If none is supplied,
// the AWS account ID is used by default.
CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The name of the catalog database in which the table resides. For Hive compatibility,
// this name is entirely lowercase.
//
// DatabaseName is a required field
DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// By default, UpdateTable always creates an archived version of the table before
// updating it. If skipArchive is set to true, however, UpdateTable does not
// create the archived version.
SkipArchive *bool `type:"boolean"`
// An updated TableInput object to define the metadata table in the catalog.
//
// TableInput is a required field
TableInput *TableInput `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateTableInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateTableInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdateTableInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateTableInput"}
if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
}
if s.DatabaseName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
}
if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
}
if s.TableInput == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableInput"))
}
if s.TableInput != nil {
if err := s.TableInput.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("TableInput", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *UpdateTableInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *UpdateTableInput {
s.CatalogId = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *UpdateTableInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *UpdateTableInput {
s.DatabaseName = &v
return s
}
// SetSkipArchive sets the SkipArchive field's value.
func (s *UpdateTableInput) SetSkipArchive(v bool) *UpdateTableInput {
s.SkipArchive = &v
return s
}
// SetTableInput sets the TableInput field's value.
func (s *UpdateTableInput) SetTableInput(v *TableInput) *UpdateTableInput {
s.TableInput = v
return s
}
type UpdateTableOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateTableOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateTableOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type UpdateTriggerInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the trigger to update.
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The new values with which to update the trigger.
//
// TriggerUpdate is a required field
TriggerUpdate *TriggerUpdate `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateTriggerInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateTriggerInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdateTriggerInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateTriggerInput"}
if s.Name == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
}
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
}
if s.TriggerUpdate == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TriggerUpdate"))
}
if s.TriggerUpdate != nil {
if err := s.TriggerUpdate.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("TriggerUpdate", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *UpdateTriggerInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateTriggerInput {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetTriggerUpdate sets the TriggerUpdate field's value.
func (s *UpdateTriggerInput) SetTriggerUpdate(v *TriggerUpdate) *UpdateTriggerInput {
s.TriggerUpdate = v
return s
}
type UpdateTriggerOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The resulting trigger definition.
Trigger *Trigger `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateTriggerOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateTriggerOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetTrigger sets the Trigger field's value.
func (s *UpdateTriggerOutput) SetTrigger(v *Trigger) *UpdateTriggerOutput {
s.Trigger = v
return s
}
type UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the Data Catalog where the function to be updated is located. If
// none is supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default.
CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The name of the catalog database where the function to be updated is located.
//
// DatabaseName is a required field
DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// A FunctionInput object that re-defines the function in the Data Catalog.
//
// FunctionInput is a required field
FunctionInput *UserDefinedFunctionInput `type:"structure" required:"true"`
// The name of the function.
//
// FunctionName is a required field
FunctionName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput"}
if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
}
if s.DatabaseName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
}
if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
}
if s.FunctionInput == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FunctionInput"))
}
if s.FunctionName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FunctionName"))
}
if s.FunctionName != nil && len(*s.FunctionName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("FunctionName", 1))
}
if s.FunctionInput != nil {
if err := s.FunctionInput.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("FunctionInput", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput {
s.CatalogId = &v
return s
}
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput {
s.DatabaseName = &v
return s
}
// SetFunctionInput sets the FunctionInput field's value.
func (s *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetFunctionInput(v *UserDefinedFunctionInput) *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput {
s.FunctionInput = v
return s
}
// SetFunctionName sets the FunctionName field's value.
func (s *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetFunctionName(v string) *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput {
s.FunctionName = &v
return s
}
type UpdateUserDefinedFunctionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateUserDefinedFunctionOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateUserDefinedFunctionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Specifies an XML classifier to be updated.
type UpdateXMLClassifierRequest struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// An identifier of the data format that the classifier matches.
Classification *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the classifier.
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The XML tag designating the element that contains each record in an XML document
// being parsed. Note that this cannot identify a self-closing element (closed
// by />). An empty row element that contains only attributes can be parsed
// as long as it ends with a closing tag (for example, <row item_a="A" item_b="B"></row>
// is okay, but <row item_a="A" item_b="B" /> is not).
RowTag *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateXMLClassifierRequest) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateXMLClassifierRequest) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdateXMLClassifierRequest) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateXMLClassifierRequest"}
if s.Name == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
}
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetClassification sets the Classification field's value.
func (s *UpdateXMLClassifierRequest) SetClassification(v string) *UpdateXMLClassifierRequest {
s.Classification = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *UpdateXMLClassifierRequest) SetName(v string) *UpdateXMLClassifierRequest {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetRowTag sets the RowTag field's value.
func (s *UpdateXMLClassifierRequest) SetRowTag(v string) *UpdateXMLClassifierRequest {
s.RowTag = &v
return s
}
// Represents the equivalent of a Hive user-defined function (UDF) definition.
type UserDefinedFunction struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The Java class that contains the function code.
ClassName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The time at which the function was created.
CreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The name of the function.
FunctionName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The owner of the function.
OwnerName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The owner type.
OwnerType *string `type:"string" enum:"PrincipalType"`
// The resource URIs for the function.
ResourceUris []*ResourceUri `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s UserDefinedFunction) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UserDefinedFunction) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetClassName sets the ClassName field's value.
func (s *UserDefinedFunction) SetClassName(v string) *UserDefinedFunction {
s.ClassName = &v
return s
}
// SetCreateTime sets the CreateTime field's value.
func (s *UserDefinedFunction) SetCreateTime(v time.Time) *UserDefinedFunction {
s.CreateTime = &v
return s
}
// SetFunctionName sets the FunctionName field's value.
func (s *UserDefinedFunction) SetFunctionName(v string) *UserDefinedFunction {
s.FunctionName = &v
return s
}
// SetOwnerName sets the OwnerName field's value.
func (s *UserDefinedFunction) SetOwnerName(v string) *UserDefinedFunction {
s.OwnerName = &v
return s
}
// SetOwnerType sets the OwnerType field's value.
func (s *UserDefinedFunction) SetOwnerType(v string) *UserDefinedFunction {
s.OwnerType = &v
return s
}
// SetResourceUris sets the ResourceUris field's value.
func (s *UserDefinedFunction) SetResourceUris(v []*ResourceUri) *UserDefinedFunction {
s.ResourceUris = v
return s
}
// A structure used to create or updata a user-defined function.
type UserDefinedFunctionInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The Java class that contains the function code.
ClassName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The name of the function.
FunctionName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The owner of the function.
OwnerName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The owner type.
OwnerType *string `type:"string" enum:"PrincipalType"`
// The resource URIs for the function.
ResourceUris []*ResourceUri `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s UserDefinedFunctionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UserDefinedFunctionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UserDefinedFunctionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UserDefinedFunctionInput"}
if s.ClassName != nil && len(*s.ClassName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ClassName", 1))
}
if s.FunctionName != nil && len(*s.FunctionName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("FunctionName", 1))
}
if s.OwnerName != nil && len(*s.OwnerName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("OwnerName", 1))
}
if s.ResourceUris != nil {
for i, v := range s.ResourceUris {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "ResourceUris", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetClassName sets the ClassName field's value.
func (s *UserDefinedFunctionInput) SetClassName(v string) *UserDefinedFunctionInput {
s.ClassName = &v
return s
}
// SetFunctionName sets the FunctionName field's value.
func (s *UserDefinedFunctionInput) SetFunctionName(v string) *UserDefinedFunctionInput {
s.FunctionName = &v
return s
}
// SetOwnerName sets the OwnerName field's value.
func (s *UserDefinedFunctionInput) SetOwnerName(v string) *UserDefinedFunctionInput {
s.OwnerName = &v
return s
}
// SetOwnerType sets the OwnerType field's value.
func (s *UserDefinedFunctionInput) SetOwnerType(v string) *UserDefinedFunctionInput {
s.OwnerType = &v
return s
}
// SetResourceUris sets the ResourceUris field's value.
func (s *UserDefinedFunctionInput) SetResourceUris(v []*ResourceUri) *UserDefinedFunctionInput {
s.ResourceUris = v
return s
}
// A classifier for XML content.
type XMLClassifier struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// An identifier of the data format that the classifier matches.
//
// Classification is a required field
Classification *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The time this classifier was registered.
CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The time this classifier was last updated.
LastUpdated *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The name of the classifier.
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The XML tag designating the element that contains each record in an XML document
// being parsed. Note that this cannot identify a self-closing element (closed
// by />). An empty row element that contains only attributes can be parsed
// as long as it ends with a closing tag (for example, <row item_a="A" item_b="B"></row>
// is okay, but <row item_a="A" item_b="B" /> is not).
RowTag *string `type:"string"`
// The version of this classifier.
Version *int64 `type:"long"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s XMLClassifier) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s XMLClassifier) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetClassification sets the Classification field's value.
func (s *XMLClassifier) SetClassification(v string) *XMLClassifier {
s.Classification = &v
return s
}
// SetCreationTime sets the CreationTime field's value.
func (s *XMLClassifier) SetCreationTime(v time.Time) *XMLClassifier {
s.CreationTime = &v
return s
}
// SetLastUpdated sets the LastUpdated field's value.
func (s *XMLClassifier) SetLastUpdated(v time.Time) *XMLClassifier {
s.LastUpdated = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *XMLClassifier) SetName(v string) *XMLClassifier {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetRowTag sets the RowTag field's value.
func (s *XMLClassifier) SetRowTag(v string) *XMLClassifier {
s.RowTag = &v
return s
}
// SetVersion sets the Version field's value.
func (s *XMLClassifier) SetVersion(v int64) *XMLClassifier {
s.Version = &v
return s
}
const (
// ConnectionPropertyKeyHost is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
ConnectionPropertyKeyHost = "HOST"
// ConnectionPropertyKeyPort is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
ConnectionPropertyKeyPort = "PORT"
// ConnectionPropertyKeyUsername is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
ConnectionPropertyKeyUsername = "USERNAME"
// ConnectionPropertyKeyPassword is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
ConnectionPropertyKeyPassword = "PASSWORD"
// ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcDriverJarUri is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcDriverJarUri = "JDBC_DRIVER_JAR_URI"
// ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcDriverClassName is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcDriverClassName = "JDBC_DRIVER_CLASS_NAME"
// ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcEngine is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcEngine = "JDBC_ENGINE"
// ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcEngineVersion is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcEngineVersion = "JDBC_ENGINE_VERSION"
// ConnectionPropertyKeyConfigFiles is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
ConnectionPropertyKeyConfigFiles = "CONFIG_FILES"
// ConnectionPropertyKeyInstanceId is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
ConnectionPropertyKeyInstanceId = "INSTANCE_ID"
// ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcConnectionUrl is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcConnectionUrl = "JDBC_CONNECTION_URL"
)
const (
// ConnectionTypeJdbc is a ConnectionType enum value
ConnectionTypeJdbc = "JDBC"
// ConnectionTypeSftp is a ConnectionType enum value
ConnectionTypeSftp = "SFTP"
)
const (
// CrawlerStateReady is a CrawlerState enum value
CrawlerStateReady = "READY"
// CrawlerStateRunning is a CrawlerState enum value
CrawlerStateRunning = "RUNNING"
// CrawlerStateStopping is a CrawlerState enum value
CrawlerStateStopping = "STOPPING"
)
const (
// DeleteBehaviorLog is a DeleteBehavior enum value
DeleteBehaviorLog = "LOG"
// DeleteBehaviorDeleteFromDatabase is a DeleteBehavior enum value
DeleteBehaviorDeleteFromDatabase = "DELETE_FROM_DATABASE"
// DeleteBehaviorDeprecateInDatabase is a DeleteBehavior enum value
DeleteBehaviorDeprecateInDatabase = "DEPRECATE_IN_DATABASE"
)
const (
// JobRunStateStarting is a JobRunState enum value
JobRunStateStarting = "STARTING"
// JobRunStateRunning is a JobRunState enum value
JobRunStateRunning = "RUNNING"
// JobRunStateStopping is a JobRunState enum value
JobRunStateStopping = "STOPPING"
// JobRunStateStopped is a JobRunState enum value
JobRunStateStopped = "STOPPED"
// JobRunStateSucceeded is a JobRunState enum value
JobRunStateSucceeded = "SUCCEEDED"
// JobRunStateFailed is a JobRunState enum value
JobRunStateFailed = "FAILED"
// JobRunStateTimeout is a JobRunState enum value
JobRunStateTimeout = "TIMEOUT"
)
const (
// LanguagePython is a Language enum value
LanguagePython = "PYTHON"
// LanguageScala is a Language enum value
LanguageScala = "SCALA"
)
const (
// LastCrawlStatusSucceeded is a LastCrawlStatus enum value
LastCrawlStatusSucceeded = "SUCCEEDED"
// LastCrawlStatusCancelled is a LastCrawlStatus enum value
LastCrawlStatusCancelled = "CANCELLED"
// LastCrawlStatusFailed is a LastCrawlStatus enum value
LastCrawlStatusFailed = "FAILED"
)
const (
// LogicalAnd is a Logical enum value
LogicalAnd = "AND"
// LogicalAny is a Logical enum value
LogicalAny = "ANY"
)
const (
// LogicalOperatorEquals is a LogicalOperator enum value
LogicalOperatorEquals = "EQUALS"
)
const (
// PrincipalTypeUser is a PrincipalType enum value
PrincipalTypeUser = "USER"
// PrincipalTypeRole is a PrincipalType enum value
PrincipalTypeRole = "ROLE"
// PrincipalTypeGroup is a PrincipalType enum value
PrincipalTypeGroup = "GROUP"
)
const (
// ResourceTypeJar is a ResourceType enum value
ResourceTypeJar = "JAR"
// ResourceTypeFile is a ResourceType enum value
ResourceTypeFile = "FILE"
// ResourceTypeArchive is a ResourceType enum value
ResourceTypeArchive = "ARCHIVE"
)
const (
// ScheduleStateScheduled is a ScheduleState enum value
ScheduleStateScheduled = "SCHEDULED"
// ScheduleStateNotScheduled is a ScheduleState enum value
ScheduleStateNotScheduled = "NOT_SCHEDULED"
// ScheduleStateTransitioning is a ScheduleState enum value
ScheduleStateTransitioning = "TRANSITIONING"
)
const (
// TriggerStateCreating is a TriggerState enum value
TriggerStateCreating = "CREATING"
// TriggerStateCreated is a TriggerState enum value
TriggerStateCreated = "CREATED"
// TriggerStateActivating is a TriggerState enum value
TriggerStateActivating = "ACTIVATING"
// TriggerStateActivated is a TriggerState enum value
TriggerStateActivated = "ACTIVATED"
// TriggerStateDeactivating is a TriggerState enum value
TriggerStateDeactivating = "DEACTIVATING"
// TriggerStateDeactivated is a TriggerState enum value
TriggerStateDeactivated = "DEACTIVATED"
// TriggerStateDeleting is a TriggerState enum value
TriggerStateDeleting = "DELETING"
// TriggerStateUpdating is a TriggerState enum value
TriggerStateUpdating = "UPDATING"
)
const (
// TriggerTypeScheduled is a TriggerType enum value
TriggerTypeScheduled = "SCHEDULED"
// TriggerTypeConditional is a TriggerType enum value
TriggerTypeConditional = "CONDITIONAL"
// TriggerTypeOnDemand is a TriggerType enum value
TriggerTypeOnDemand = "ON_DEMAND"
)
const (
// UpdateBehaviorLog is a UpdateBehavior enum value
UpdateBehaviorLog = "LOG"
// UpdateBehaviorUpdateInDatabase is a UpdateBehavior enum value
UpdateBehaviorUpdateInDatabase = "UPDATE_IN_DATABASE"
)